Category: Pandemic

  • MIL-OSI USA: Sen. Johnson for The Wall Street Journal: The Ugly Truth About the ‘Big Beautiful Bill’

    US Senate News:

    Source: United States Senator for Wisconsin Ron Johnson
    WASHINGTON – Today, The Wall Street Journal published an op-ed by U.S. Sen. Ron Johnson (R-Wis.) calling out unsustainable federal spending and urging the president and congressional leaders to reconsider a multistep budget reconciliation process.
    “Under every scenario now being considered, federal debt continues to skyrocket from its current level of almost $37 trillion. The CBO’s current projection adds around $22 trillion over the next 10 years, resulting in total debt of approximately $59 trillion—134% of GDP—in 2035,” the senator wrote. 
    The full op-ed can be found here and excerpts are below. 
    “The ‘One Big Beautiful Bill’ that Congress is working on is certainly big, but beauty is in the eye of the beholder. Too often the reality of these budget debates get obscured in details, politically charged issues and demagoguery. Let me attempt to clarify the current discussion by focusing on the most important facts and numbers.
    “In fiscal 2019, federal outlays totaled $4.45 trillion, or 20.6% of gross domestic product. This year, according to the Congressional Budget Office’s January 2025 projection, total outlays will be $7.03 trillion, or 23.3% of GDP. That’s a 58% increase over six years. The CBO projects federal outlays will total $89.3 trillion across fiscal 2026-35. Much of the blame goes to pandemic spending, but lockdowns are long over. There’s nothing now to justify this abnormal level of government spending. Pathetically, Congress is having a hard time agreeing on a reduction of even $1.5 trillion from that 10-year amount. That’s a 1.68% cut—a little more than a rounding error. My guess is that much of that minuscule decrease will be backloaded to the end of the 10 years for which Congress is now budgeting, increasing the probability those savings will never be realized.
    “Other than during World War II, the increase in spending we’ve experienced over the past six years is unprecedented. After the war, Congress and President Truman understood the importance of returning spending to normal levels. In 1941, total outlays were $13.7 billion, or 11.7% of GDP. They peaked in 1945 at $92.7 billion, or 41% of GDP. That was a 577% increase, 10 times as large as what we experienced with the pandemic. Yet by 1948, federal outlays were $29.8 billion and back to a little over 11% of GDP. 

    “It’s essential that Congress deviate from its current path. Under every scenario now being considered, federal debt continues to skyrocket from its current level of almost $37 trillion. The CBO’s current projection adds around $22 trillion over the next 10 years, resulting in total debt of approximately $59 trillion—134% of GDP—in 2035. That projection assumes an automatic tax increase will occur in 2026 when provisions of the 2017 tax cuts expire, increasing revenue from 17.1% of GDP in fiscal 2025 to an average of 18.1% over the next 10 years. With the CBO projecting 10-year GDP at $373 trillion, that 1% increase represents $3.7 trillion of additional revenue and lower debt.

    “It’s also why I’m asking the president and congressional leaders to reconsider a multistep strategy on budget reconciliation. By immediately passing a bill based on the Senate’s original budget resolution, we can fund border security and defense priorities and bank $850 billion in real spending reductions. The next step would be to pass a bill that extends current tax law to prevent the automatic 2026 tax increase, and avoids default by including a smaller increase in the debt ceiling that maintains the pressure and leverage to achieve future spending reductions. 
    “With those goals achieved, sufficient incentive would remain to address President Trump’s tax proposals focusing on working men and women and the already-expired business tax provisions of his 2017 tax law. It would also give us the time to simplify and rationalize the tax code, and go line by line through the entire federal budget to uncover, expose, and eliminate the hundreds of billions of dollars of waste, fraud, and abuse that the DOGE effort has shown exists. If we don’t, America is headed off a cliff.”

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI USA: The Ugly Truth About the “Big Beautiful Bill”

    US Senate News:

    Source: United States Senator for Wisconsin Ron Johnson
    Originally appeared in The Wall Street Journal 
    The “One Big Beautiful Bill” that Congress is working on is certainly big, but beauty is in the eye of the beholder. Too often the reality of these budget debates gets obscured in details, politically charged issues and demagoguery. Let me attempt to clarify the current discussion by focusing on the most important facts and numbers. 
    In fiscal 2019, federal outlays totaled $4.45 trillion, or 20.6% of gross domestic product. This year, according to the Congressional Budget Office’s January 2025 projection, total outlays will be $7.03 trillion, or 23.3% of GDP. That’s a 58% increase over six years. The CBO projects federal outlays will total $89.3 trillion across fiscal 2026-35. Much of the blame goes to pandemic spending, but lockdowns are long over. There’s nothing now to justify this abnormal level of government spending. Pathetically, Congress is having a hard time agreeing on a reduction of even $1.5 trillion from that 10-year amount. That’s a 1.68% cut—a little more than a rounding error. My guess is that much of that minuscule decrease will be backloaded to the end of the 10 years for which Congress is now budgeting, increasing the probability those savings will never be realized.
    Other than during World War II, the increase in spending we’ve experienced over the past six years is unprecedented. After the war, Congress and President Truman understood the importance of returning spending to normal levels. In 1941, total outlays were $13.7 billion, or 11.7% of GDP. They peaked in 1945 at $92.7 billion, or 41% of GDP. That was a 577% increase, 10 times as large as what we experienced with the pandemic. Yet by 1948, federal outlays were $29.8 billion and back to a little over 11% of GDP.
    Since 1948, government has steadily grown, and spending as a percentage of GDP has more than doubled. That level far exceeds the size and scope of government the Founders envisioned. In 1930, prior to President Franklin Roosevelt’s New Deal, federal outlays were 3.5% of GDP, while state and local expenditures were 9.1%. That was the foundational premise of America and the 10th Amendment—a limited federal government with most governing occurring close to the governed at the state and local level. 
    That vision of limited federal government is now unattainable, but returning to a reasonable pre-pandemic level of spending is doable. The economy is no longer forcibly shut down. Congress should at least be able to bring spending back to its 2019 share of GDP, which would total $6.47 trillion next fiscal year. This would be $838 billion below the CBO’s current fiscal 2026 spending projection of $7.29 trillion. Returning federal outlays to 20.6% of GDP would save $8.4 trillion over 10 years. That’s a lot better than the current paltry goal of $1.5 trillion.
    It’s essential that Congress deviate from its current path. Under every scenario now being considered, federal debt continues to skyrocket from its current level of almost $37 trillion. The CBO’s current projection adds around $22 trillion over the next 10 years, resulting in total debt of approximately $59 trillion—134% of GDP—in 2035. That projection assumes an automatic tax increase will occur in 2026 when provisions of the 2017 tax cuts expire, increasing revenue from 17.1% of GDP in fiscal 2025 to an average of 18.1% over the next 10 years. With the CBO projecting 10-year GDP at $373 trillion, that 1% increase represents $3.7 trillion of additional revenue and lower debt. 
    No one can accurately predict the dynamic economic effects of changes in tax law, tariffs and the current trade war. But by repealing the automatic tax increase, adding $1.5 trillion in additional tax cuts, pumping around $340 billion into additional border and defense spending, and reducing other spending by at most $1.5 trillion, the One Big Beautiful Bill will almost certainly add to our deficits and debt. I doubt Mr. Trump’s voters expect us to continue spending at President Biden’s levels, which led to the inflation they elected Republicans last year to stop. I doubt, too, that Trump voters will be elated to see the GOP embrace Democratic policies and priorities—including ObamaCare, which seems to have found new life under the name “Medicaid expansion.” And I can’t imagine that they want Republicans to increase annual deficits. That’s why I can’t support this bill as it’s currently being discussed and doubt that it will pass the Senate.
    It’s also why I’m asking the president and congressional leaders to reconsider a multistep strategy on budget reconciliation. By immediately passing a bill based on the Senate’s original budget resolution, we can fund border security and defense priorities and bank $850 billion in real spending reductions. The next step would be to pass a bill that extends current tax law to prevent the automatic 2026 tax increase, and avoids default by including a smaller increase in the debt ceiling that maintains the pressure and leverage to achieve future spending reductions. 
    With those goals achieved, sufficient incentive would remain to address President Trump’s tax proposals focusing on working men and women and the already-expired business tax provisions of his 2017 tax law. It would also give us the time to simplify and rationalize the tax code, and go line by line through the entire federal budget to uncover, expose, and eliminate the hundreds of billions of dollars of waste, fraud, and abuse that the DOGE effort has shown exists. If we don’t, America is headed off a cliff.
    Mr. Johnson, a Republican, is a U.S. senator from Wisconsin.

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI Security: Woodbridge, Connecticut, Man Admits $2.3 Million Pandemic Relief Program Scheme

    Source: Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) State Crime Alerts (b)

    Marc H. Silverman, Acting United States Attorney for the District of Connecticut, today announced that on May 9, 2025, YASIR G. HAMED, 60, of Woodbridge, waived his right to be indicted and pleaded guilty before U.S. District Judge Stefan R. Underhill in Bridgeport to offenses stemming from a scheme to defraud a COVID-19 pandemic relief program of more than $2.3 million.

    In March 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security (“CARES”) Act provided emergency financial assistance to Americans suffering the economic effects caused by the COVID-19 pandemic.  One source of relief provided by the CARES Act was the authorization of forgivable loans to small businesses for job retention and certain other expenses through the Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”).  The PPP was overseen by the U.S. Small Business Administration (“SBA”), and individual PPP loans were issued by private lenders, which received and processed PPP applications and supporting documentation, and then made loans using the lenders’ own funds, which were guaranteed by the SBA.

    According to court documents and statements made in court, Hamed, an accountant, had an ownership interest or representative relationship with several New Haven-based businesses, including Access Consulting and Professional Services Inc.; Connecticut Medical Transportation Inc.; Arabic Language Learning Program Inc.; Institute for Global Educational Exchange Inc.; Access Medical Transport Inc.; Ikea Car & Limo Inc.; Center of the World Tours, North America LLC.; and Sudanese American Friendship Association Inc.  Between June 2020 and September 2021, Hamed submitted fraudulent PPP loan applications on behalf of these companies, overstating employee numbers and average monthly payroll, and making other fraudulent representations.  As part of the applications, he submitted false tax filings that had never been filed with the IRS.

    Hamed also submitted PPP loan applications on behalf of companies owned by his clients.  In at least one instance, Hamed convinced the owner of a business, which he knew was not active and had no employees, to seek PPP funding.  Hamed prepared the paperwork for the PPP application and then took a significant portion of the loan proceeds.

    Through this scheme, Hamed obtained than $2.3 million in PPP loans for his businesses and for his clients, receiving more than $1 million in loan proceeds for himself and his family, and significant kickbacks from his clients.  Hamed used the funds for personal expenses, including education expenses for a family member, and for a downpayment on a $880,000 house in Woodbridge that he purchased in October 2020.

    Hamed has agreed to pay $2,384,772 in restitution.

    Hamed pleaded guilty to bank fraud, which carries a maximum term of imprisonment of 30 years, and engaging in illegal monetary transactions, which carries a maximum term of imprisonment of 10 years.  Judge Underhill scheduled sentencing for August 8.

    Hamed was arrested on November 13, 2024.  He is released on a $500,000 bond pending sentencing.

    This investigation has been conducted by the Federal Bureau of Investigation and the Internal Revenue Service – Criminal Investigation Division.  The case is being prosecuted by Assistant U.S. Attorney Christopher W. Schmeisser.

    Individuals with information about allegations of fraud involving COVID-19 are encouraged to report it by calling the Department of Justice’s National Center for Disaster Fraud Hotline at 866-720-5721, or via the NCDF Web Complaint Form at: https://www.justice.gov/disaster-fraud/ncdf-disaster-complaint-form.

    MIL Security OSI

  • MIL-OSI Global: From blood clots to rare cancers, a plastic surgeon explains the risks to consider before going under the knife – or the needle

    Source: The Conversation – UK – By James D. Frame, Professor of Aesthetic Plastic Surgery, Anglia Ruskin University

    RomarioIen/Shutterstock

    A series of ads for Brazilian butt lifts (BBL) on social media platforms like Instagram and Facebook were recently banned by the UK’s Advertising Standards Authority (ASA). These ads were found to be misleading and irresponsible, often downplaying serious health risks and pressuring consumers with time-limited offers.

    This move highlights growing concerns over how cosmetic surgery is marketed online and the safety of BBL procedures. But BBLs are not the only cosmetic surgeries under scrutiny.

    Liposuction has a high rate of post-operative complications, and even non-surgical procedures like lip fillers and liquid BBLs have raised health concerns among experts.


    Get your news from actual experts, straight to your inbox. Sign up to our daily newsletter to receive all The Conversation UK’s latest coverage of news and research, from politics and business to the arts and sciences.


    According to recent data from the British Association of Aesthetic Plastic Surgeons (BAAPS), there were 27,462 cosmetic procedures performed in 2024 – a 5% rise from 2023. More than nine out of ten (93.5%) of these procedures were performed on women.

    Body contouring – including liposuction, abdominoplasty and thigh lifts – are the most popular surgeries, while facial rejuvenation procedures, particularly face and neck lifts, brow lifts and eyelid surgery have all increased in popularity since 2023.


    Get your news from actual experts, straight to your inbox. Sign up to our daily newsletter to receive all The Conversation UK’s latest coverage of news and research, from politics and business to the arts and sciences. Join The Conversation for free today.


    Risk factors

    Many of these popular procedures are also among the riskiest. Body contouring surgeries like liposuction, tummy tucks and fat grafting, for example, are major operations that typically take hours and involve general anesthesia.

    And the aesthetic outcomes are not always as expected either. Fat removal can sometimes lead to uneven body contours, lumps, or skin irregularities, which may worsen as the body continues to age.

    All surgeries carry risks, but complications from cosmetic procedures are often downplayed or misunderstood. These risks can manifest immediately after surgery or even weeks later, ranging from minor issues like infection and scarring to life-threatening conditions such as blood clots or organ failure.

    One of the most dangerous risks is pulmonary embolism, which occurs when a blood clot travels to the lungs. In the US, around 18,000 cases of venous thromboembolism (VTE) occur annually among plastic surgery patients, with about 10% resulting in death within just one hour of symptoms appearing.

    This already serious threat has become even more pressing in the post-COVID era, as VTE cases are rising. COVID is known to increase the body’s tendency to form blood clots – even in those with mild or no symptoms.

    These lingering effects can persist for weeks or months and, when combined with the usual surgical risks like immobility, tissue trauma and inflammation, they significantly increase the likelihood of a life-threatening event like a pulmonary embolism. As a result, people undergoing plastic surgery today may face a higher baseline risk than before the pandemic.

    Fat embolism is another potentially deadly complication, often associated with procedures like liposuction or BBLs. This occurs when fat particles enter the bloodstream and travel to vital organs, leading to serious medical emergencies.




    Read more:
    Brazilian butt lifts are the deadliest of all aesthetic procedures – the risks explained


    After surgery, some patients may wake up disoriented, confused, or with lingering neurological symptoms – signs of a serious medical emergency. Fat embolism can have immediate, life-threatening effects and, in severe cases, can cause permanent brain damage, organ failure, or sudden death.

    Procedures like rhinoplasty (nose reshaping) or breast augmentation can come with relatively high rates of dissatisfaction. Implants, in particular, can cause issues like rupture, deflation, capsular contracture (hardening around the implant), or asymmetry. There is also some concern about a rare form of cancer – breast implant-associated anaplastic large cell lymphoma (BIA-ALCL) – linked to certain types of implants.

    Even if surgery doesn’t result in major complications, many patients still walk away unhappy. A common issue is that procedures don’t account for how the body continues to age. A facelift or tummy tuck might look great initially, but the natural ageing process can quickly undo or distort those results.

    The problem is that many cosmetic procedures fail to account for the inevitable changes our bodies undergo with age. Our bodies change over time – skin loses elasticity, fat distribution shifts and trends evolve. What feels like a good decision in your 20s might look very different in your 40s.

    Non-surgical treatments

    One of the most troubling issues in the cosmetic industry is the lack of consistent regulation. This is particularly true for non-surgical treatments, where injectable products can be administered by anyone, from trained doctors to self-taught beauty influencers. Cosmetic tourism adds another layer of complexity. Many people travel abroad for cheaper procedures, only to face complications once they return home – with limited recourse or support.

    Non-surgical treatments like dermal fillers and Botox have become increasingly popular due to their quick results and minimal downtime. However, they are not without risk.




    Read more:
    The hidden health risks of lip fillers


    Modern fillers like hyaluronic acid are generally safer than older materials such as silicone. They’re less likely to cause issues like granulomas – as long as they don’t become infected – and they can even be reversed if needed. However, when injected incorrectly, especially into a blood vessel, fillers can cause serious complications like tissue death, permanent scarring, or even blindness.

    Botox injections also carry risks, including muscle paralysis, nerve damage, and uneven facial results – particularly when performed by unqualified practitioners.

    Before undergoing any cosmetic procedure – whether surgical or non-surgical – it’s essential to research a qualified practitioner, understand the risks and set realistic expectations.

    Cosmetic surgery can be empowering for many people, helping them feel more confident in their own skin. But the decision to alter your appearance permanently should never be taken lightly. Behind the glamour and glossy Instagram stories lies a more serious picture – one where the risks are real and the consequences, sometimes irreversible.

    James D. Frame does not work for, consult, own shares in or receive funding from any company or organisation that would benefit from this article, and has disclosed no relevant affiliations beyond their academic appointment.

    ref. From blood clots to rare cancers, a plastic surgeon explains the risks to consider before going under the knife – or the needle – https://theconversation.com/from-blood-clots-to-rare-cancers-a-plastic-surgeon-explains-the-risks-to-consider-before-going-under-the-knife-or-the-needle-229093

    MIL OSI – Global Reports

  • MIL-OSI USA: Attorney General James Sues U.S. Department of Homeland Security to Protect Emergency Preparedness and Disaster Relief Funding

    Source: US State of New York

    EW YORK – New York Attorney General Letitia James and 19 other attorneys general today filed a lawsuit to block new U.S. Department of Homeland Security (DHS) conditions that unlawfully tie emergency management and disaster relief funding to state immigration enforcement actions. Since January, Secretary of Homeland Security Kristi Noem and other administration officials have engaged in a concerted, coordinated effort to pressure states to assist with the administration’s mass deportation agenda. Now, Secretary Noem has given states an ultimatum: cooperate with the administration on civil immigration enforcement or lose out on essential funding for emergency preparedness and disaster response efforts. Attorney General James and the coalition argue that DHS’s attempt to use federal funds as leverage to compel state immigration action violates the Constitution and puts communities at risk. The attorneys general are seeking a court order declaring these conditions unlawful and protecting states’ access to life-saving emergency management funds.

    “DHS is holding states hostage by forcing them to choose between disaster preparedness and enabling the administration’s illegal and chaotic immigration agenda,” said Attorney General James. “This funding is vital to keeping New Yorkers safe during hurricanes, floods, and other catastrophes. The federal government cannot weaponize disaster relief to coerce states into abandoning public safety and community trust. My office will fight to ensure all New Yorkers are protected – both from tragic disasters and from cruel and unnecessary immigration policies.”

    In recent months, DHS has imposed sweeping new requirements on its grant programs, mandating that states divert law enforcement resources to support federal civil immigration enforcement or risk losing billions of dollars in funding for emergency preparedness, disaster relief, and cybersecurity. States have also been ordered to immediately halt any program that “benefits” undocumented immigrants or “incentivizes” illegal immigration. Attorney General James and the coalition assert that DHS has no legal basis to withhold critical emergency funding and cannot lawfully force states to choose between disaster preparedness and long-standing public safety policies that build trust between law enforcement and immigrant communities.

    The attorneys general argue that the at-risk funding was authorized by Congress to mitigate, prepare for, respond to, and recover from disasters, not to enforce federal immigration policies. These grants fund essential emergency operations, including first responder salaries, training programs, and building improvements to protect houses of worship and schools from malicious attacks. They support search and rescue missions, food aid, and recovery efforts after major disasters. The attorneys general highlight that many of the grant programs at risk were created in response to national emergencies like the September 11 attacks and Hurricane Katrina, including:

    • State Homeland Security Program (SHSP), which was established after 9/11 to support state counterterrorism and emergency preparedness efforts, including the creation of bomb squads, SWAT teams, and hazmat units;
    • Urban Area Security Initiative, which was also established after 9/11 to fund cities’ counterterrorism and emergency response efforts;
    • Emergency Management Performance Grant Program, which was established after 9/11 and made permanent after Hurricane Katrina to strengthen state and local emergency management;
    • State and Local Cybersecurity Grant Program, which was created after COVID-19 to protect from cyberattacks; and
    • Nonprofit Security Grant Program (NSGP), which was created in 2004 to protect nonprofits and faith-based organizations from extremist attacks.

    New York received $44 million in NSGP funding last year, much of which was allocated to religious institutions and private schools at high risk of extremist violence. This funding, which in particular helps protect synagogues and Jewish day schools facing antisemitic violence, supports measures like security systems, metal detectors, and impact-resistant building upgrades. Attorney General James and the coalition argue that cutting NSGP funding would endanger vulnerable communities during a period of heightened extremist threats, especially because nonprofit organizations generally lack other funding sources for such improvements.

    Disaster response funds and programs, which states rely on to rebuild communities after major natural or mass casualty events, are also at risk, including:

    • Public Assistance Program, which supports emergency work in the immediate aftermath of disasters, from debris removal to temporary shelter construction;
    • National Urban Search & Rescue Response System, which funds around-the-clock search and rescue operations;
    • Disaster Case Management, which provides recovery planning for disaster survivors;
    • Hazard Mitigation Grant Program, which assists with rebuilding in a way that reduces future risks; and
    • Flood Mitigation Assistance Grants, which reduce flood damage risks in coastal communities.

    Also at risk are Fire Management Assistant Grants, National Earthquake Hazards Reduction, National Dam Safety Program, National Flood Insurance Program Community Assistance Grants, Port Security Grants, State Recreational Boating Safety Grants, and grants to participate in the FEMA Flood Mapping program.

    New York in particular stands to lose hundreds of millions of dollars in emergency preparedness funding under DHS’s new conditions, including resources for certified bomb squads, the New York State Intelligence Center, SWAT teams, and hazmat units. Additionally, New York relies on DHS grants for more than $30 billion in FEMA Public Assistance funding, which has been critical in responding to disasters like Superstorm Sandy, the COVID-19 pandemic, and the 2024 tornadoes and flooding in Upstate New York.

    Attorney General James and the coalition argue that DHS is presenting states with an impossible choice. Either they forego the millions of dollars in federal funds that Congress has appropriated – and which their emergency preparedness and response efforts rely on – or they undermine their law-enforcement efforts by diverting their resources to enforce federal immigration law. More critically, accepting these unlawful terms would destroy the trust that many states have worked hard to build between immigrant communities and law enforcement, threatening the public safety of all residents who rely on law enforcement’s ability to solve crimes and bring culprits to justice.

    The attorneys general contend that DHS is unlawfully using federal funds to coerce states into adhering to the administration’s civil immigration enforcement policies – exceeding the grant programs’ scope and violating constitutional limits on executive power. The attorneys general are asking the court to declare these conditions unlawful and block DHS and the federal government from using vital emergency funds as leverage to enforce immigration policies.

    Joining Attorney General James in filing this lawsuit are the attorneys general of California, Colorado, Connecticut, Delaware, Hawaii, Illinois, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, Michigan, Minnesota, Nevada, New Jersey, New Mexico, Oregon, Rhode Island, Washington, Wisconsin, and Vermont.

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI Global: Why the future of workplace mental health support may be self-guided online tools

    Source: The Conversation – Canada – By Ehsan Etezad, PhD Candidate in Applied Organizational Psychology, Saint Mary’s University

    As the gap between what employees need and what is available to them, businesses are recognizing that conventional methods are no longer cutting it. (Shutterstock)

    Employee mental health, once a silent and often overlooked issue, has now become an urgent workplace concern. In Canada, the rate of depression and anxiety has doubled since the COVID-19 pandemic.

    The Mental Health Commission of Canada reports that one in five adults experiences mental illness, but stigma remains a significant barrier, with 60 per cent of those affected choosing not to seek help.

    These mental health challenges directly translate to workforce challenges: 7.5 per cent of employees have taken time off because of stress or mental health concerns, leading to an average loss of 2.4 work days per employee.

    With 77 per cent of employees acknowledging that work-related stress adversely affects their physical health, the demand for innovative wellness solutions has never been greater.

    Traditional mental health support is falling short

    For decades, employers have relied on employee assistance programs to address the mental health needs of their employees.

    These programs typically refer individuals to short-term counselling, which can be effective for immediate concerns. However, their overall impact remains limited, with usage rates hovering around five per cent across industries.

    Traditional counselling is also expensive, with waitlists that can stretch for weeks, and may require employees to take time off during work hours, which many avoid due to fear of stigma or judgment.

    One in five adults experiences mental illness.
    (Shutterstock)

    Stigma associated with seeking traditional counselling has left many mental health challenges unaddressed until they escalate to burnout, presenteeism, absenteeism, turnover or mental health disability leave.

    As the gap between what employees need and what is available to them widens, businesses are recognizing that conventional methods are no longer providing the accessible and responsive care that today’s workforce demands.

    Single-session digital interventions

    Many mental health interventions have demonstrated remarkable success with just a single, well-designed session. This offers intriguing evidence and sets the stage for an innovative advancement in mental-health care. The research has shown that, when carefully crafted, single-session interventions may serve as an efficient and scalable alternative to multi-week commitments, especially when access to therapy is limited.

    Self-guided single-session digital interventions (SSDIs) are carefully crafted, evidence-based programs designed to require only one focused interaction with a digital platform.

    Unlike the traditional one-size-fits-all model, SSDIs are personalized and can adapt content based on individual responses and needs.

    For instance, an employee struggling with insomnia might receive cognitive-behavioral techniques specifically aimed at improving sleep, while a manager experiencing burnout could access modules for building resilience and managing work stress.

    The strength of SSDIs lies in their accessibility, adaptability, immediacy, affordability, scalability and confidentiality. They offer practical strategies without the prolonged wait times of traditional therapy.

    A growing body of research supports the effectiveness of single-session digital interventions as effective tools for initiating meaningful change.

    Research into single-session digital interventions is still in its early stages, but the available evidence suggests they can be both effective and highly scalable. This is particularly important at a time when access to traditional therapy is often limited by a lack of resources.

    Real-world examples of digital tools

    The growing success of SSDIs can be seen in a number of real-world programs that translate these principles into practical, measurable outcomes. Although these initiatives are not yet publicly available, they were successful in demonstrating early positive results during the initial research phases:

    1. Happy@Work

    Happy@Work is an online, guided self-help intervention designed for employees experiencing symptoms of depression. Drawing on both problem-solving therapy and cognitive therapy, it addresses areas ranging from learning problem-solving methods and identifying maladaptive thoughts to managing work-related challenges and preventing relapse.

    Each lesson combines psychoeducation, structured exercises and personalized feedback. The program also incorporates stress management and burnout prevention techniques with the goal of bolstering employees’ psychological wellness.

    In a randomized controlled trial, Happy@Work showed small but statistically significant benefits in reducing anxiety and exhaustion among the participants.

    2. Three Good Things

    Three Good Things is a digital gratitude-based intervention designed to enhance well-being among healthcare workers.

    Participants receive three text messages each week that prompt them to record and reflect on three positive experiences from their day. This structured reflection is intended to amplify positive emotions and nurture a sense of gratitude.

    A randomized controlled trial found that Three Good Things produced small and short-term increases in positive emotions among participants.

    77 per cent of employees acknowledging that work-related stress adversely affects their physical health.
    (Shutterstock)

    3. Beating the Blues

    Beating the Blues is a structured cognitive behavioural therapy program targeted at employees dealing with stress-related absenteeism.

    It guides participants through techniques like cognitive restructuring to challenge unhelpful thoughts, problem-solving skills, relaxation training and behavioural activation to organize daily activities. It also addresses sleep management and introduces graded exposure to reduce anxiety.

    A randomized controlled trial found that Beating the Blues successfully reduced depression symptoms and negative attributional styles immediately following the treatment, with lower anxiety scores noted one month post-treatment.

    Why these digital interventions work

    Digital mental health interventions are proving to be effective for a number of reasons:

    1. They break the stigma cycle

    Digital self-help tools offer a discreet and accessible way for employees to address mental challenges, allowing individuals to engage anonymously and at any time, on their own schedule.

    And, since these tools are available online and can be used anonymously, they offer an added layer of privacy and comfort. This flexibility helps minimize the stigma often linked to taking time off for traditional counselling sessions.

    2. They are cost-effective and scalable

    Traditional employee mental health programs, which often rely on therapist-centred models, can be prohibitively expensive and difficult to scale. By contrast, SSDIs provide an accessible solution that significantly reduces the financial burden on businesses and employees. Their digital format ensures support is available 24/7, providing employees with immediate access to help at a fraction of the cost of conventional approaches.

    3. They deliver rapid and measurable results

    When it comes to addressing burnout and other workplace mental health challenges. SSDIs provide quick access to coping strategies and stress relief techniques, helping employees strengthen their psychological well-being before issues escalate as an effective preventive tool.

    The future of workplace mental health is digital. Self-guided single-session digital mental health interventions offer a pragmatic and immediate way to reduce stigma, cut costs and foster resilience. These tools can complement and integrate with traditional therapy to provide employees with an accessible and immediate resource to help them cope with stress and build resilience.

    Ehsan Etezad provides private consulting at MEUS Science with a focus on Workplace Wellness & Psychological Health & Safety.

    John Fiset does not work for, consult, own shares in or receive funding from any company or organisation that would benefit from this article, and has disclosed no relevant affiliations beyond their academic appointment.

    ref. Why the future of workplace mental health support may be self-guided online tools – https://theconversation.com/why-the-future-of-workplace-mental-health-support-may-be-self-guided-online-tools-254271

    MIL OSI – Global Reports

  • MIL-OSI: Nokia selected by CoreSite for routing-based network edge solution to support data-intensive, mission-critical applications

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Press Release

    Nokia selected by CoreSite for routing-based network edge solution to support data-intensive, mission-critical applications

    • CoreSite deploys Nokia IP routing portfolio across 30 data centers in 11 U.S. markets as enterprise customers ramp up data-intensive AI and mission-critical requirements.
    • Nokia solution’s massive scale, reliability and power/cooling efficiency are the foundation of low-latency service delivery and superior interconnectivity.

    13 May 2025
    Espoo, Finland – Nokia today announced that it has been selected by CoreSite, an American Tower company (NYSE: AMT) empowering critical business and AI workloads that impact everyday life through interconnected data center solutions, to deliver an IP routing-based edge and core network solution across 30 data centers in 11 U.S. markets. Delivering massive scale, performance and efficiency, the Nokia portfolio will accommodate the intensifying cloud connectivity and interconnection needs of resource-intensive artificial intelligence (AI) and high-performance computing workloads for CoreSite’s nearly 40,000 customer interconnections.

    As CoreSite enterprise, cloud provider and network carrier customers ramp up data-intensive services, the data center infrastructure must deliver high performance and scalable networking to ensure service availability adheres to stringent industry standards. At the same time, a data center space with advanced cooling and ultra high-density power is a must for supporting growth efficiency.

    “Our customers expect best-in-class performance and reliability at every level of the network. By deploying Nokia’s advanced IP routing portfolio across our data center campuses, we ensure that our network edge infrastructure stays ahead of market demands, providing customers with a seamless experience and faster access to mission-critical applications,” said Chris Malayter, Vice President Network and Interconnection at CoreSite.

    The Nokia 7250 Interconnect Router (IXR-s) will provide advanced routing capabilities, carrier-grade reliability and high-capacity throughput as enterprises leverage CoreSite’s colocation centers for data storage and processing, new product and service development and other business operations. The Nokia 7750 Service Router (SR) provides the massive scale, performance and reliability for IP interconnectivity within the data center campuses. In addition, Nokia FP5 silicon supports high throughput and reliability for uninterrupted data flows, and scales traffic with zero deterioration in performance.

    The seamless integration of the Nokia Service Router Operating System (SR OS) with CoreSite’s existing environment will accelerate roll-out times and dramatically reduce operation costs.  

    ”Collaborating with CoreSite has enabled us to drive the performance and scale of its multicloud connectivity and routing core. The integration of the Nokia 7250 IXR-s and 7750 Service Router allows CoreSite to adeptly manage increased traffic demands while ensuring low latency and reliable interconnection services that are essential to the modern digital economy,” said Vach Kompella, Senior Vice President and General Manager, IP Networks at Nokia.

    Resources and additional information
    Product page: Nokia 7250 Interconnect Routers
    Product page: Nokia 7750 Service Router
    Web Page: Noka Data Center Networks

    About Nokia
    At Nokia, we create technology that helps the world act together.

    As a B2B technology innovation leader, we are pioneering networks that sense, think and act by leveraging our work across mobile, fixed and cloud networks. In addition, we create value with intellectual property and long-term research, led by the award-winning Nokia Bell Labs, which is celebrating 100 years of innovation.

    With truly open architectures that seamlessly integrate into any ecosystem, our high-performance networks create new opportunities for monetization and scale. Service providers, enterprises and partners worldwide trust Nokia to deliver secure, reliable and sustainable networks today – and work with us to create the digital services and applications of the future.

    About CoreSite
    CoreSite, an American Tower company (NYSE: AMT), is a leading interconnection data center platform that empowers businesses to future-proof their digital transformation initiatives. For more than 20 years, CoreSite’s purpose-built, highly interconnected data center campuses and team of experts have delivered the cloud-enabled, resilient, and flexible digital ecosystems required for customers to quickly scale and interoperate their businesses to support the increasing demands of critical workloads, like AI and high-density applications. For more information, visit CoreSite.com and follow CoreSite on our Connect[ED] blog, LinkedIn and YouTube channels.

    Media inquiries
    Nokia Press Office
    Email: Press.Services@nokia.com

    CoreSite
    Megan Ruszkowski, Vice President of Marketing and Sales Development 
    Phone: 720-446-2014 
    Email: press@CoreSite.com

    Follow us on social media
    LinkedIn X Instagram Facebook YouTube

    FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
    Certain statements herein that are not historical facts are forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements reflect Nokia’s current expectations and views of future developments and include statements regarding: A) expectations, plans, benefits or outlook related to our strategies, product launches, growth management, licenses, sustainability and other ESG targets, operational key performance indicators and decisions on market exits; B) expectations, plans or benefits related to future performance of our businesses (including the expected impact, timing and duration of potential global pandemics and the general or regional macroeconomic conditions on our businesses, our supply chain and our customers’ businesses) and any future dividends and other distributions of profit; C) expectations and targets regarding financial performance and results of operations, including market share, prices, net sales, income, margins, cash flows, cost savings, the timing of receivables, operating expenses, provisions, impairments, taxes, currency exchange rates, hedging, investment funds, inflation, product cost reductions, competitiveness, revenue generation in any specific region, and licensing income and payments; D) ability to execute, expectations, plans or benefits related to changes in organizational structure and operating model; E) impact on revenue with respect to litigation/renewal discussions; and F) any statements preceded by or including “continue”, “believe”, “commit”, “estimate”, “expect”, “aim”, “influence”, “will”, “target”, “likely”, “intend”, “may”, “could”, “would” or similar expressions. These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control, which could cause our actual results to differ materially from such statements. These statements are based on management’s best assumptions and beliefs in light of the information currently available to them. These forward-looking statements are only predictions based upon our current expectations and views of future events and developments and are subject to risks and uncertainties that are difficult to predict because they relate to events and depend on circumstances that will occur in the future. Factors, including risks and uncertainties that could cause these differences, include those risks and uncertainties identified in the Risk Factors above.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI Economics: Phillips 66 Issues Statement Following Glass Lewis and ISS Reports

    Source: Phillips

    Disagrees with ISS’ and Glass Lewis’ Recommendations which Failed to Address Critical Issues Reiterates The Strength Of Phillips 66’s Highly Qualified Board And Nominees

    HOUSTON–(BUSINESS WIRE)– Phillips 66 (NYSE: PSX) today announced that it strongly disagrees with the recommendations issued by Institutional Shareholder Services (“ISS”) and Glass Lewis & Co. (“Glass Lewis”).
    “We disagree with the recommendations issued by ISS and Glass Lewis,” said the Phillips 66 Independent Directors. “We remain committed to engaging with and listening to our shareholders on the issues in this campaign.”
    The Company notes the following issues and omissions in the reports’ analyses that remain critical factors for shareholders to consider:
    Elliott’s break-up thesis not examined: The reports did not opine on the merits of Elliott’s thesis to break up Phillips 66, which is the primary objective of Elliott’s campaign. In fact, ISS stated clearly that its report “is not an endorsement of a Midstream and/or Chemicals separation.” Supporting Elliott’s directors implicitly supports this risky path and overrides the judgment of Phillips 66’s highly qualified Board. Our Board continually evaluates the portfolio to maximize shareholder value and currently believes that the integrated model is the best path to shareholder value creation. As we always have, we remain committed to regularly and aggressively assessing these options going forward.
    Concerning assessment of director independence: By recommending against Robert Pease, the reports establish a concerning precedent on evaluating director independence.
    The reports suggest a director selected and vetted by a shareholder can be determined to lack independence after one month on the board and one vote. The single vote was for a combined CEO and Chair, a policy that is in place at 44% of S&P 500 companies.1
    This analysis disregards the fact that Mr. Pease’s vote represented his professional judgment as a 30-year corporate leader and ignores the fact that Mr. Pease was carefully evaluated for his qualifications and independence by Elliott. It also fails to apply any scrutiny to Elliott’s self-interested lack of support for its recently supported director.

    Reliance on board analysis from five years ago: ISS acknowledged that Phillips 66 has refreshed its Board substantially since July 2020. Yet, it still claimed that a lack of Board refreshment prior to the COVID-19 pandemic reflects a need for change now.
    Concerning governance overlooked: ISS and Glass Lewis disregarded Elliott’s ongoing efforts to acquire CITGO. The reports also overlook the fact that this pursuit took place concurrently with discussions of a second director appointment. Notably, neither report mentions anything about Elliott’s misleading disclosures and the overlapping relationships of its director nominees. These are unresolved issues that are highly relevant to shareholder considerations.
    Phillips 66 reiterates its commitment to ongoing transformation and governance refreshment. The Company reminds shareholders of key facts including:
    Consistent refreshment: Phillips 66 has added five new independent directors in the past four years to equip the Board with fresh perspectives and independent viewpoints. In its report, ISS acknowledged the Company’s board refreshment efforts, noting “Beginning in July 2020, the pace of board refreshment accelerated rapidly. The board appointed Julie Bushman early that month, Lisa Davis in October 2020, Denise Singleton and Doug Terreson in July 2021, and Greg Hayes in July 2022. Mark Lashier also joined in July 2022 in connection with his succession as CEO. Accompanying these appointments, Ferguson departed in August 2020, and McGraw and Tschinkel departed in March 2021.”
    Strong governance practices: The Board is firmly committed to declassification that would require all directors to stand election each year. The last attempt to do so received approval from 73% of outstanding shares.
    In its report, ISS supported Phillips 66’s declassification proposal, arguing, “The proposed declassification, assuming it can clear the supermajority hurdle, would enhance board accountability to shareholders, and the resubmission of this proposal to a vote after it failed in prior years demonstrates a commitment to shareholders’ interests on the part of management.”

    Early days in transformation strategy: ISS recognizes that Phillips 66 has improved its operating results since Mark Lashier stepped in as CEO on July 1, 2022 and achieved a total shareholder return above that of key competitors. ISS noted, “Since the appointment of Lashier as CEO through May 8, 2025, PSX has outperformed VLO by 20.9 percentage points.” Phillips 66 has made it clear that it is working to improve operations but is not satisfied with its results. In under three years, the Company has made progress on corporate cost takeout, refining performance, asset divestitures and more. These are facts recognized by the reports. These actions reflect a commitment to improvement that is continuing and will lead to further performance improvement and ultimately increased shareholder value.
    Relevant director skills: Phillips 66’s Board composition is closely aligned with the Company’s strategy and the issues raised in this campaign. Of the continuing Directors and nominees, six have refining experience, five have chemicals experience and five have midstream experience. The majority has experience in business transformations, several have expertise in finance and a number are experts in supply chains.2 Notably, the Company’s Directors and nominees have overseen more than $300 billion in “breakup or major divestiture transactions.3
    Phillips 66 encourages shareholders to reach their own informed conclusions.
    Elliott is seeking rapid, irreversible change in pursuit of a short-term thesis that would introduce significant risks to Phillips 66 shareholders. Do not let Elliott’s short-term and misinformed thesis disrupt your consistent and compelling returns.
    Phillips 66 recommends that shareholders use the WHITE proxy card to vote:
    ‘FOR’ only its four nominees using the WHITE proxy card;
    ‘FOR’ management’s proposal to approve the declassification of the Board of Directors, in line with the recommendations from ISS & Glass Lewis;
    ‘AGAINST’ Elliott’s proposal requiring annual director resignations, which implementing would violate Delaware law and put your Board at significant legal and reputational risk.
    The Board strongly recommends that shareholders safeguard their investment in Phillips 66 by casting their vote as soon as possible, regardless of plans to attend the Annual Meeting virtually on May 21, 2025.
    Shareholders may receive materials from Elliott Management that say “Gold proxy card” or “Gold voting instructions” or similar language. Phillips 66 recommends that shareholders DISCARD any Gold voting materials they may receive from Elliott. Shareholders may cancel out any vote made using a Gold proxy card by voting again TODAY using the Company’s WHITE proxy card. Only the latest-dated vote will count.
    About Phillips 66
    Phillips 66 (NYSE: PSX) is a leading integrated downstream energy provider that manufactures, transports and markets products that drive the global economy. The company’s portfolio includes Midstream, Chemicals, Refining, Marketing and Specialties, and Renewable Fuels businesses. Headquartered in Houston, Phillips 66 has employees around the globe who are committed to safely and reliably providing energy and improving lives while pursuing a lower-carbon future. For more information, visit phillips66.com or follow @Phillips66Co on LinkedIn.
    Forward-Looking Statements
    This news release contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws relating to Phillips 66’s operations, strategy and performance. Words such as “anticipated,” “committed,” “estimated,” “expected,” “planned,” “scheduled,” “targeted,” “believe,” “continue,” “intend,” “will,” “would,” “objective,” “goal,” “project,” “efforts,” “strategies” and similar expressions that convey the prospective nature of events or outcomes generally indicate forward-looking statements. However, the absence of these words does not mean that a statement is not forward-looking. Forward-looking statements included in this news release are based on management’s expectations, estimates and projections as of the date they are made. These statements are not guarantees of future events or performance, and you should not unduly rely on them as they involve certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions that are difficult to predict. Therefore, actual outcomes and results may differ materially from what is expressed or forecast in such forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause actual results or events to differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements include: changes in governmental policies or laws that relate to our operations, including regulations that seek to limit or restrict refining, marketing and midstream operations or regulate profits, pricing, or taxation of our products or feedstocks, or other regulations that restrict feedstock imports or product exports; our ability to timely obtain or maintain permits necessary for projects; fluctuations in NGL, crude oil, refined petroleum, renewable fuels and natural gas prices, and refining, marketing and petrochemical margins; the effects of any widespread public health crisis and its negative impact on commercial activity and demand for refined petroleum or renewable fuels products; changes to worldwide government policies relating to renewable fuels and greenhouse gas emissions that adversely affect programs including the renewable fuel standards program, low carbon fuel standards and tax credits for renewable fuels; potential liability from pending or future litigation; liability for remedial actions, including removal and reclamation obligations under existing or future environmental regulations; unexpected changes in costs for constructing, modifying or operating our facilities; our ability to successfully complete, or any material delay in the completion of, any asset disposition, acquisition, shutdown or conversion that we have announced or may pursue, including receipt of any necessary regulatory approvals or permits related thereto; unexpected difficulties in manufacturing, refining or transporting our products; the level and success of drilling and production volumes around our midstream assets; risks and uncertainties with respect to the actions of actual or potential competitive suppliers and transporters of refined petroleum products, renewable fuels or specialty products; lack of, or disruptions in, adequate and reliable transportation for our products; failure to complete construction of capital projects on time or within budget; our ability to comply with governmental regulations or make capital expenditures to maintain compliance with laws; limited access to capital or significantly higher cost of capital related to illiquidity or uncertainty in the domestic or international financial markets, which may also impact our ability to repurchase shares and declare and pay dividends; potential disruption of our operations due to accidents, weather events, including as a result of climate change, acts of terrorism or cyberattacks; general domestic and international economic and political developments, including armed hostilities (such as the Russia-Ukraine war), expropriation of assets, and other diplomatic developments; international monetary conditions and exchange controls; changes in estimates or projections used to assess fair value of intangible assets, goodwill and property and equipment and/or strategic decisions with respect to our asset portfolio that cause impairment charges; investments required, or reduced demand for products, as a result of environmental rules and regulations; changes in tax, environmental and other laws and regulations (including alternative energy mandates); political and societal concerns about climate change that could result in changes to our business or increase expenditures, including litigation-related expenses; the operation, financing and distribution decisions of equity affiliates we do not control; and other economic, business, competitive and/or regulatory factors affecting Phillips 66’s businesses generally as set forth in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Phillips 66 is under no obligation (and expressly disclaims any such obligation) to update or alter its forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.
    Additional Information
    On April 8, 2025, Phillips 66 filed a definitive proxy statement on Schedule 14A (the “Proxy Statement”) and accompanying WHITE proxy card with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) in connection with its 2025 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (the “2025 Annual Meeting”) and its solicitation of proxies for Phillips 66’s director nominees and for other matters to be voted on. This communication is not a substitute for the Proxy Statement or any other document that Phillips 66 has filed or may file with the SEC in connection with any solicitation by Phillips 66. PHILLIPS 66 SHAREHOLDERS ARE STRONGLY ENCOURAGED TO READ THE PROXY STATEMENT (AND ANY AMENDMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTS THERETO) AND ACCOMPANYING WHITE PROXY CARD AND ANY OTHER RELEVANT SOLICITATION MATERIALS FILED WITH THE SEC AS THEY CONTAIN IMPORTANT INFORMATION. Shareholders may obtain copies of the Proxy Statement, any amendments or supplements to the Proxy Statement and other documents (including the WHITE proxy card) filed by Phillips 66 with the SEC without charge from the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. Copies of the documents filed by Phillips 66 with the SEC also may be obtained free of charge at Phillips 66’s investor relations website at https://investor.phillips66.com or upon written request sent to Phillips 66, 2331 CityWest Boulevard, Houston, TX 77042, Attention: Investor Relations.
    Certain Information Regarding Participants
    Phillips 66, its directors, its director nominees and certain of its executive officers and employees may be deemed to be participants in connection with the solicitation of proxies from Phillips 66 shareholders in connection with the matters to be considered at the 2025 Annual Meeting. Information regarding the names of such persons and their respective interests in Phillips 66, by securities holdings or otherwise, is available in the Proxy Statement, which was filed with the SEC on April 8, 2025, including in the sections captioned “Beneficial Ownership of Phillips 66 Securities” and “Appendix C: Supplemental Information Regarding Participants in the Solicitation.” To the extent that Phillips 66’s directors and executive officers who may be deemed to be participants in the solicitation have acquired or disposed of securities holdings since the applicable “as of” date disclosed in the Proxy Statement, such transactions have been or will be reflected on Statements of Changes in Ownership of Securities on Form 4 or Initial Statements of Beneficial Ownership of Securities on Form 3 filed with the SEC. These documents are or will be available free of charge at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.
    1. Matthew Tonello, “2023 Disclosure Practices on Board Leadership and Structure,” Harvard Law School Forum on Corporate Governance, May 12, 2025, https://corpgov.law.harvard.edu/2024/01/18/2023-disclosure-practices-on-board-leadership-and-structure/.2. Source: Company filings, public filings.3. Source: Deal Point Data, Reuters, FactSet, Financial Times, RBC Capital Markets.

    Source: Phillips 66

    MIL OSI Economics

  • MIL-OSI USA: Using TheirStory to Help Tell Our Stories

    Source: US State of Connecticut

    UConn professor and Associate Director of Africana Studies, Fiona Vernal, is making strides to preserve oral histories from Connecticut communities using a platform called TheirStory.

    TheirStory is an oral history platform and was created during the pandemic. CEO Zack Ellis founded the company as a way to preserve his own family histories.

    The platform has grown since its inception and is supported by a nationwide network of universities and historical organizations from UConn to UCLA. It has features to take people through every step of the process of oral history preservation. Users can record, transcribe, index, organize and more to tailor and share their oral histories.

    “There are many, many ways that you can record. Recording has never been the problem when it comes to collecting stories. It’s always what happens after you record,” says Vernal.  “How do you transcribe it? How do you share it? How do you produce it? How do you package it for preservation? TheirStory fits into that ecosystem by providing the last 50% of the miles that you need for processing.”

    Vernal began working with Ellis and TheirStory in 2022. She was working on a project in Hartford on West Indian, African American, and Puerto Rican migrations to the city and received a call from Ellis. “I had been doing oral histories, but experiencing the same bottlenecks as everyone does,” says Vernal. “I ran my oral histories through TheirStory, and I was a convert immediately.”

    “I had a vision for how to share this resource with other folks who were doing the same kind of work,” Vernal says. “If you don’t have a good way to process and generate a transcript, an index and a summary, it’s very difficult to do anything. And it was my mission to try and change that landscape.”

    A State with Many Stories to Tell 

    Vernal and UConn began a partnership with Connecticut Humanities a year later. Vernal scaled her use of the platform from a personal level to a statewide collaboration between UConn, Connecticut Humanities, and the Connecticut Museum of Culture and History.

    “One of the things that the UConn strategic plan does is that it forces us, as faculty, to figure out what statewide service we can provide to citizens,” Vernal says. “As a state entity, we owe it to the citizens, right? I take it as a serious charge and responsibility that UConn should be benefiting the state.”

    Vernal credits Connecticut Humanities for helping expand her individual license as a researcher into a state license for anyone in Connecticut. The Connecticut Museum of Culture and History also helped expand this program into a statewide initiative, “Not just in terms of visibility, but also in terms of service,” says Vernal.

    The Connecticut Museum of Culture and History had a COVID-era oral history project about the impact of the pandemic on the state. “They were at the beginning of a new oral history project that was more expansive, and not just focused on COVID, so it made sense for them to be our partners as well,” Vernal says.

    The state license for oral history gives everyone in the state free access to the platform. It gives museums, libraries, students, community organizations and more the ability to learn more and utilize information on oral histories around the state.

    One of the pilot projects UConn and Vernal worked on included an oral history project for the Connecticut River Museum’s 50th anniversary. Another was for the Mather Homestead in Darien, “Which involves a house museum connected to the Mather lineage of Increase and Cotton Mather in the 1600s,” says Vernal. The Mather family donated their home to become a museum, and they wanted to gather oral histories of the family for the archives.

    Vernal also worked with the Windsor Historical Society, “which was looking at African American civic engagement in the town of Windsor, and also celebrating its own hundredth anniversary,” Vernal says.

    Connecticut is rich in both history and communities with rich traditions, as the projects Vernal has been involved with demonstrate. At the Enfield Historical Society, there is an exhibition about African American Heritage. In Bloomfield, an exhibit on the town’s African American, Jewish and West Indian heritage will premiere in September 2025. The Caribbean Heritage Museum will open in October to overlap with Founders Day at the West Indian Social Club of Hartford.

    “They are my longest-running collaborators,” says Vernal. “I’ve been collaborating with them since I was in graduate school, and they’re going to lend me a segment of the club to transform it into a permanent gallery for a Caribbean Heritage Museum. Folks can come and have that experience and figure out why Connecticut has West Indians as the largest foreign-born population.”  It will be the first Caribbean Heritage Museum in the Northeast.

    ‘History is Unfolding Now’

    Since activating the state license for the platform, Vernal and UConn have reported 107 projects signed up on TheirStory. Of those, about 50% are active, which means that people working on those stories are actively doing interviews and processing oral histories. “We thought we would get 50, and we’ve more than doubled that,” says Vernal. “For me, that’s been a resounding success.”

    For people who want to share their own stories, Vernal describes the process as “frictionless.” “If you know how to use Zoom, then the barriers to entry are very low,” she says. “You get a link, curate your background for lighting and make sure you look the way you want to look, and then you can focus on being the center of attention for the moment without having to worry about controls.” The people at TheirStory and UConn take care of all the logistical matters, while participating individuals are only responsible for sharing their history.

    Vernal is not worried about people fabricating their stories on the platform. “My mantra is that everyone is an expert in their own life story,” she says. “They might not be an expert into the statistical significance of their experiences, but they’re certainly an expert in their own life experiences and their own emotions.”

    The access to these stories is something Vernal is excited about. “We have the State Historical Society, which is well-staffed, and then we have something like the Wintonbury Historical Society, which is all volunteer. So organizations that are poorly staffed or well-endowed can all use this platform and move forward with building up their collection,” says Vernal. “I like that leveling effect, because that’s what investment in infrastructure should do. It should make it possible that no matter what your entry point is, no matter what your size is, you’re getting the skills, training and software that you need to be successful in your specific mission. Whether you’re the kid who wants to interview your parent or you are the organization that wants to do 500 oral histories, you both get exactly what you need to be successful.

    “I want to make the official case for oral histories as a way to build inclusive collections that help you document the ‘now.’ UConn has a tradition of robust support for oral history; this is part of our roots and our heritage,” says Vernal. “Organizations are obsessed with documents from the 1600s, 1700s, 1800s and the 1900s. History is unfolding now, we’re living through historic times now. We need to document these stories in real time, and oral histories can do that.”

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI: CareCloud Named “Top Healthcare IT Pick for 2025” by Maxim Group; AI Initiative Recognized as Key Growth Driver

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    SOMERSET, N.J., May 13, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — CareCloud, Inc. (Nasdaq: CCLD, CCLDO) (“CareCloud” or the “Company”), a leader in healthcare technology and generative AI solutions, today announced that Maxim Group, LLC (“Maxim Group”), a leading investment bank, securities and wealth management firm, has selected CareCloud as its “Top Healthcare IT Pick for 2025,” citing the transformative potential of its artificial intelligence strategy, together with its strong financial results and renewed M&A activity.

    “Given its positive outlook and attractive valuation, CareCloud is positioned to be our top healthcare IT pick in 2025,” said Allen Klee, CFA, Managing Director and Senior Equity Research Analyst at Maxim Group, in a research report released May 7, 2025. In the same report, Klee noted that CareCloud trades at a 2026 EV/EBITDA multiple of 5.0x, which indicates a significant discount compared to the identified peer group average of 12.5x—an opportunity he believes enhances the Company’s investment appeal.

    “We are honored to be named Maxim’s ‘Top Healthcare IT Pick for 2025,’” said Stephen Snyder, Co-CEO of CareCloud. “This endorsement underscores the power of our disciplined strategy and our commitment to transforming healthcare operations through scalable, purpose-built AI.”

    Maxim’s report highlights several factors contributing to CareCloud’s momentum, including the launch of its AI Center of Excellence, strong positive free cash flow, resumption of preferred dividends, and a return to M&A-driven growth. The firm also emphasized CareCloud’s AI suite—featuring tools like cirrusAI Notes, cirrusAI Appeals, and cirrusAI Voice—as a core differentiator.

    The recognition follows CareCloud’s strong Q1 2025 performance, including 52% year-over-year adjusted EBITDA growth and the successful launch of its AI Center of Excellence. This strategic initiative, which was officially announced in April with an inaugural team of more than 50 AI engineers, data scientists, and healthcare domain experts, is expected to scale to 500 AI professionals by year-end, positioning CareCloud as a healthcare industry leader in applied artificial intelligence.

    “AI is now deeply integrated into our operations—from documentation and revenue cycle management to patient engagement and analytics,” said Hadi Chaudhry, Co-CEO of CareCloud. “This is not an add-on, it is a foundational capability that is changing how healthcare is delivered and experienced.”

    As CareCloud continues to execute on its growth strategy, the Company remains committed to delivering enterprise-grade, cost-effective technology that helps healthcare organizations achieve better outcomes, higher efficiency, and sustained financial performance.

    About CareCloud

    CareCloud brings disciplined innovation to the business of healthcare. Our suite of AI and technology-enabled solutions helps clients increase financial and operational performance, streamline clinical workflows and improve the patient experience. More than 40,000 providers count on CareCloud to help them improve patient care, while reducing administrative burdens and operating costs. To learn more about our products and services, including revenue cycle management (RCM), practice management (PM), electronic health records (EHR), business intelligence, patient experience management (PXM) and digital health, at carecloud.com. To listen to video presentations by CareCloud’s management team, read recent press releases and view the latest investor presentation, please visit ir.carecloud.com.

    Follow CareCloud on LinkedInX and Facebook.

    About Maxim Group

    Maxim Group is a leading full-service investment bank, securities, and wealth management firm headquartered in Midtown Manhattan. Founded in 2002, Maxim Group offers a comprehensive suite of financial services, including investment banking, equity research, wealth management, and brokerage services. The firm is a registered broker-dealer with the SEC, FINRA, and SIPC, and is known for its deep expertise across multiple sectors, including healthcare, technology, and energy. Maxim Group employs over 200 professionals and maintains a strong presence in the financial services industry. For more information, visit https://www.maximgrp.com/about.

    Disclaimer

    This press release is for information purposes only and does not constitute an offer to sell or solicitation of an offer to buy, nor shall there be any sale of these securities in any state or other jurisdiction in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful prior to the registration or qualification under the securities laws of such state or jurisdiction.

    Maxim Group’s designation of CareCloud as a Top Healthcare IT pick reflects the independent opinion of its equity research analyst as of the date of the published report. CareCloud does not provide compensation for Maxim Group’s analyst coverage, and no endorsement is implied. Maxim Group’s opinions, analyses, conclusions, and the facts upon which it relied in developing the same, are its own independent work product and CareCloud neither endorses nor adopts the same.

    Forward-Looking Statements

    This press release contains various forward-looking statements within the meaning of the safe harbor provisions of the U.S. Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements relate to anticipated future events, future results of operations or future financial performance. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “might,” “will,” “shall,” “should,” “could”, “intends,” “expects,” “plans,” “goals,” “projects,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “seeks,” “estimates,” “forecasts,” “predicts,” “possible,” “potential,” “target,” or “continue” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology.

    Our operations involve risks and uncertainties, many of which are outside our control, and any one of which, or a combination of which, could materially affect our results of operations and whether the forward-looking statements ultimately prove to be correct. Forward-looking statements in this press release include, without limitation, statements reflecting management’s expectations for future financial performance and operating expenditures, expected growth, profitability and business outlook, the impact of pandemics on our financial performance and business activities, and the expected results from the integration of our acquisitions.

    These forward-looking statements are neither historical facts nor assurances of future performance. Instead, they are only predictions, are uncertain and involve substantial known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors which may cause our (or our industry’s) actual results, levels of activity or performance to be materially different from any future results, levels of activity or performance expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. New risks and uncertainties emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all of the risks and uncertainties that could have an impact on the forward-looking statements, including without limitation, risks and uncertainties relating to the Company’s ability to manage growth, migrate newly acquired customers and retain new and existing customers, maintain cost-effective global operations, increase operational efficiency and reduce operating costs, predict and properly adjust to changes in reimbursement and other industry regulations and trends, retain the services of key personnel, develop new technologies, upgrade and adapt legacy and acquired technologies to work with evolving industry standards, compete with other companies’ products and services competitive with ours, and other important risks and uncertainties referenced and discussed under the heading titled “Risk Factors” in the Company’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

    The statements in this press release are made as of the date of this press release, even if subsequently made available by the Company on its website or otherwise. The Company does not assume any obligations to update the forward-looking statements provided to reflect events that occur or circumstances that exist after the date on which they were made.

    SOURCE: CareCloud

    Company Contact: 
    Norman Roth 
    Interim Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Controller 
    CareCloud, Inc.
    nroth@carecloud.com 

    Investor Contact:
    Stephen Snyder 
    Co-Chief Executive Officer 
    CareCloud, Inc. 
    ir@carecloud.com 

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI United Kingdom: Housing Statistics for Scotland, 2023-24 An Accredited Official Statistics Publication for Scotland.

    Source: Scottish Government

    The latest compendium annual housing statistics have been published today by Scotland’s Chief Statistician.

    Total New Housing Supply (new build, rehabilitations, and net conversions)

    • New housing supply decreased by 16.4% (3,984 homes) in 2023-24, with 20,364 homes supplied compared to 24,348 in 2022-23.
    • Of the total new housing supply, 97.9% (19,943 homes) were new builds, 0.3% (57 homes) were rehabilitations, and 1.8% (364 homes) were net conversions in 2023-24.

    Housing Stock by tenure

    • As of 31st March 2023, there were 2.7 million dwellings estimated in Scotland. Of these, 60% were owner-occupied, 3.7% were vacant or second homes, 13.2% were privately rented or lived in rent-free, and 23% were social rented properties.

    Social housing stock

    • The total social sector housing stock increased by 6,102, reaching 633,030 dwellings as of 31st March 2024 compared with 626,928 dwellings in the previous year. There were 325,477 local authority dwellings and 307,553 housing association dwellings as of 31st March 2024.
    • In March 2024 there were 21,085 supported houses for older people and 29,813 supported houses for people with physical disabilities provided by local authorities. There was an increase (1.2%) in supported housing for older people and a decrease (-1.2%) in housing for people with physical disabilities between March 2023 and March 2024.

    Local authority lettings, evictions, and housing list applications

    • During 2023-24 there were 25,423 permanent local authority lettings made, an increase of 1,773 lets (7.5%) compared to the previous year. Of all the local authority lettings made in 2023-24, 49% were to homeless households, 26% were to those on a housing waiting list, 21% were transfers to existing tenants, and 3% classified as other.
    • There were 16,640 notices of eviction proceedings in 2023-24 relating to council tenants, an increase of 10.2% since 2022-23. The latest figure is 32.2% lower than pre-pandemic levels (2019-20). There were 561 proceedings resulting in evictions or abandonments in 2023-24, with the majority (91%) of these due to rent arrears as opposed to antisocial behaviour or other reasons, this percentage is higher than in 2022-23 (85%).
    • As of 31st March 2024, 177,264 applications were recorded on 26 local authority or common housing register housing lists. This was a 1.2% increase compared with March 2023 (2,172 more households). It should be noted that people can apply to more than one local authority, and they also can apply for both council and Registered Social Landlords housing, leading to multiple counting on housing lists.

    Local Authority licences

    • As of 31st March 2023, there were a total of 15,274 houses in multiple occupation licences in force, a decrease of 160 (1.0%) since the previous year.

    Local authority scheme of assistance grants

    • In 2023-24 6,038 local authority scheme of assistance grants were paid to householders, a 5% decrease (or 315 fewer grants) than 2022-2023. Scheme of Assistance grants totalled almost £37 million.
    • The majority of these were for disabled adaptations, 4,194 grants which is 9% less than the 2022-23 figure of 4,602. Disabled adaptation grants in 2023-24 totalled £22.2 million which is an increase on the 2022-23 figure of £21.7m.

     Background

    Commentary on more recent data on house building completions as well as house building starts and approvals can be found in the housing statistics quarterly update publications.

    Housing Statistics for Scotland Quarterly Update: New Housebuilding and Affordable Housing Supply to end December 2024 – gov.scot

    Background information including Excel tables and explanatory information on data sources and quality can be found in the Housing Statistics webpages.

    Official statistics are produced in accordance with the Code of Practice for Statistics.

    MIL OSI United Kingdom

  • MIL-OSI Video: UK Grassroots music venues – Culture, Media and Sport Committee

    Source: United Kingdom UK Parliament (video statements)

    The Culture, Media and Sport Committee are examining what progress has been made to bolster the grassroots music sector in the UK, with Creative Industries Minister, Sir Chris Bryant, and industry and artist voices including Wolf Alice guitarist, Joff Oddie, on Tuesday 13 May.

    Last year, the Grassroots Music Venue (GMV) sector had a combined value of £525 million, employed over 30,800 people and hosted 187,000 events with a combined total attendance of 26.6 million. Despite this, individual venues had an average profit margin of less than 0.5% and are closing at a rate of one every two weeks. The number of artists touring across the UK and abroad has also fallen by as much as 74% compared to pre-pandemic figures.

    In 2024, the previous Committee published a report calling on the sector to agree a blanket, voluntary levy as quickly as possible, charging £1 on arena and stadium tickets, to support venues, emerging artists and independent promoters. This has been widely supported within the industry, with artists including Diana Ross and Ed Sheeran driving the move forward through contributions and pledges.

    In the first part of the session, artists and sector representatives could be asked about the current state of the industry and what support they believe is needed to reverse the current issues it faces. MPs could examine the challenges faced by touring artists and may seek to understand how an increasing reliance on freelancers is impacting the sector.

    This session will allow MPs to explore the progress that has been made in the uptake of this levy, and if a statutory levy is needed. The need for greater regulation of the ‘secondary’ or resale ticket market could also be discussed.

    MPs will then question Sir Chris Bryant and the Deputy Director for the Creative Industries at the Department for Culture, Media and Sport. Questions could examine the impact of changes to business rate reliefs and seek clarity on what the Government hopes to achieve with its 10-Point Plan for Music.

    #MusicVenues #Music #MusicIndustry

    https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=449Yn0X6m-0

    MIL OSI Video

  • MIL-OSI China: China remains among top investors in Germany last year: official report

    Source: People’s Republic of China – State Council News

    China continued to be one of the leading sources of foreign direct investment (FDI) in Germany last year, according to a report released on Monday by Germany Trade & Invest (GTAI), the federal agency responsible for promoting foreign investment.

    Chinese companies initiated 199 FDI projects in Germany last year, nearly matching the 200 projects recorded in 2023. The 2023 figure marked a 42-percent year-on-year increase and the highest level since 2017. Among all source countries, China ranked third, following the United States and Switzerland.

    The report noted that Germany attracted a total of 1,724 FDI projects in 2024, excluding mergers and acquisitions. This represents a slight decline from 1,759 projects in 2023 and 1,783 in 2022, highlighting the growing share of Chinese participation in Germany’s FDI landscape in recent years.

    In 2024, seven projects involved investment volumes exceeding 500 million euros (555 million U.S. dollars), including some backed by Chinese investors.

    Thomas Bozoyan, the report’s author and a GTAI expert, noted that China continues to play a pivotal role in Germany’s foreign investment profile. He emphasized that Germany has emerged as a key beneficiary of China’s expanding commercial footprint across Europe.

    Bozoyan pointed out that Chinese investment is increasingly focused on high-tech industrial sectors such as renewable energy, battery supply chains, automotive, medical technology, and robotics, with a particular emphasis on software-driven solutions within these fields.

    According to the report, Chinese companies launched 31 projects in the renewable energy sector in 2024. Roughly one-quarter of all Chinese FDI projects in Germany involved either production facilities or research and development operations.

    Bozoyan also noted that beyond Germany, China’s outbound investment has shown strong global growth, particularly accelerating after the end of the COVID-19 pandemic. (1 euro = 1.11 U.S. dollar) 

    MIL OSI China News

  • MIL-Evening Report: Don’t click without thinking – and 4 other ways to keep yourself safe from scams

    Source: The Conversation (Au and NZ) – By Meena Jha, Head Technology and Pedagogy Cluster CML-NET, CQUniversity Australia

    tete_escape/Shutterstock

    Think about how many things you have done online today. Paid a bill? Logged into your bank account? Used social media or spent time answering emails? Maybe you have used your phone to pay at a supermarket or train station.

    We are all plugged in, and that’s not necessarily a bad thing. But with all these conveniences comes a growing risk many Australians are unprepared for: cyber crime.

    According to the most recent cyber threat report by the Australian Cyber Security Centre, more than 87,000 reports of cybercrime were made in 2023-2024. That’s a report every six minutes. And that’s just what gets reported. Many people do not even realise they have been hacked or scammed until it’s too late.

    Earlier this year, Scamwatch, run by the Australian Competition and Consumer Commission, revealed Australians lost nearly A$319 million to scams in 2024 alone. In a recent example, cyber criminals used stolen login details to hack several major superfunds in Australia and steal a collective A$500,000 of people’s retirement savings.

    A big part of this worsening problem is poor “digital hygiene”. Here are five easy ways to improve yours.

    First, what exactly is ‘digital hygiene’?

    Just like brushing your teeth keeps cavities away, digital hygiene is all about keeping your online life clean, safe and protected from harm.

    It is a simple idea: the better your habits when using technology, the harder it is for scammers or hackers to trick you or get access to your personal information.

    It means being aware of what you are sharing, whom you are trusting, and how your devices are set up. Unfortunately, most of us are probably more hygienic in bathrooms than we are online.

    How should you protect yourself?

    Good news: you do not need to be a computer whizz to keep clean online. Here are five simple practical steps anyone can take:

    1. Stop and think before clicking

    Got an unexpected message from your bank asking you to verify your account? Or a text about a missed parcel delivery with a link? Scammers love urgency. It gets people to click before they think. Instead of rushing, pause.

    Ask yourself: was I expecting this? Is the sender’s email or phone number legitimate? Do not click the link, go directly to the official website or app.

    2. Use strong, unique passwords

    Using your pet’s name or “123456” is not going to cut it. And if you reuse passwords across websites, a breach on one site means hackers can try the same password everywhere else. This is called a credential stuffing attack, and it is how the cyber attack on superannuation funds happened earlier this year.

    The best move? Begin securing your online accounts by using a password manager and updating any reused passwords, prioritising your most sensitive accounts such as emails, banking and cloud storage first.

    3. Turn on multi-factor authentication

    Multi-factor authentication means you need something more than just a password to login, such as a code sent to your phone or an app such as Google Authenticator or Microsoft Authenticator.

    It is a simple step that adds a powerful layer of protection. Even if someone guesses your password, they cannot log in without your second factor.




    Read more:
    What is multi-factor authentication, and how should I be using it?


    4. Update your apps and devices

    Yes, those software updates are annoying, but they are important. Updates fix security holes that hackers can use. Make it automatic if you can, and do not ignore update prompts, especially for your operating systems such as Windows, iOS or Android. However, it is important to recognise that older devices often stop receiving updates because manufacturers stop supporting older models or are not developing updates for older devices as it can be costly.

    Outdated software harbours known vulnerabilities that hackers actively can target. While keeping devices longer supports sustainability, there is a balance to strike. If your device no longer receives security updates, it may be safer to responsibly recycle it and invest in a newer supported model to maintain your digital safety.

    5. Be mindful of what you share

    Oversharing on social media makes you an easy target. Public posts that include your birthday, where you went to school, or your pet’s name can be used to guess security questions or build convincing fake messages. Think before you post – would a stranger need to know this?

    Oversharing on social media makes you an easy target for scammers.
    Cristian Dina/Shutterstock

    What should I do if I have been hacked?

    To check if your passwords have been leaked in a breach, you can use HaveIBeenPwned – a free tool trusted by security experts.

    If you have been hacked, follow the tips provided by Australian Cyber Security Centre. For example, you should change all your passwords and passcodes and use software to scan for malware on your computer.

    Need more help? Visit esafety.gov.au for practical guides, especially for parents, teachers and young people.

    Digital hygiene is not a personal responsibility, it is a collective one. We are connected through emails, group chats, workplaces and social media. One weak link can put others at risk. Talk to your family and friends about the risk of scams and how to avoid them. The more we talk about this, the more normal and effective digital hygiene becomes.

    Because just like washing your hands became second nature during the COVID-19 pandemic, keeping your online life clean should be a habit, not an afterthought.

    Meena Jha does not work for, consult, own shares in or receive funding from any company or organisation that would benefit from this article, and has disclosed no relevant affiliations beyond their academic appointment.

    ref. Don’t click without thinking – and 4 other ways to keep yourself safe from scams – https://theconversation.com/dont-click-without-thinking-and-4-other-ways-to-keep-yourself-safe-from-scams-254808

    MIL OSI AnalysisEveningReport.nz

  • MIL-OSI: HighPeak Energy, Inc. Announces First Quarter 2025 Financial and Operating Results – AMENDED

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    FORT WORTH, Texas, May 12, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — HighPeak Energy, Inc. (“HighPeak” or the “Company”) (NASDAQ: HPK) today announced amended financial and operating results for the quarter ended March 31, 2025, provided an updated 2025 development outlook and increased production guidance. Please note that in the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows table, the amount of Repayments under Term Loan Credit Agreement for 2025 was amended from (120,000) to (30,000). The amended release follows:

    First Quarter 2025 Highlights

    • Sales volumes averaged approximately 53.1 thousand barrels of crude oil equivalent per day (“MBoe/d”), representing a 6% increase from the fourth quarter 2024.
    • Net income was $36.3 million, or $0.26 per diluted share and EBITDAX (a non-GAAP financial measure defined and reconciled below) was $197.3 million, or $1.40 per diluted share. First quarter 2025 adjusted net income (a non-GAAP financial measure defined and reconciled below) was $42.7 million, or $0.31 per diluted share.
    • Lease operating expenses averaged $6.61 per Boe, excluding workover expenses, representing a 3% decrease compared to the fourth quarter 2024.
    • Generated free cash flow (a non-GAAP financial measure defined and reconciled below) of $10.7 million, reduced long-term debt by $30 million and paid $0.04 per share in dividends.
    • Realized increased drilling and completion efficiency gains, which translated to drilling and completing four additional wells during the first quarter.

    Recent Events

    • Narrowed 2025 production guidance range and increased the midpoint.
    • On May 12, 2025, the Company’s Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend of $0.04 per common share outstanding payable in June 2025.

    Statement from Jack Hightower, Chairman and CEO:

    In March, we discussed our four pillars of success for 2025 which include: 1) improving corporate efficiency, 2) maintaining capital discipline, 3) optimizing our capital structure, and 4) delivering shareholder value. I would like to take this opportunity to update our shareholders on where we stand and the progress we have made to date.

    Improving Corporate Efficiency
    HighPeak delivered another strong quarter of results, beating production guidance and consensus estimates, while also realizing higher levels of operating efficiencies in our development program. We drilled over 25% faster than our previous expectations, which translated to drilling and completing four additional wells during the first quarter. We are running smoother and more efficiently than ever before, while continuing to keep development costs in line with internal expectations.

    Maintaining Capital Discipline
    Due to the global economic uncertainty and its impact on oil prices, we have moderated our development program by laying down one rig for four months, May through August. Despite the pause, we remain on track to drill and complete the same number of wells in our 2025 guidance because of the gains made through operational efficiencies.

    As detailed on our March conference call, the majority of our 2025 infrastructure capex was first-quarter weighted. Factoring in drilling and completing four additional wells, we accomplished an outsized portion of our planned annual development activity during the first quarter. Going forward, we expect our quarterly capital expenditures to be materially lower and the total for the year to fall within our 2025 guided capex range. Although our operations are running much more efficiently, this is not the proper time to accelerate development activity from our original plan. Additionally, we have complete flexibility from a land and operations perspective to reduce the budget and leave a rig down for longer than the current plan if conditions warrant.

    Optimizing our Capital Structure
    We remain committed to optimizing our capital structure and remain poised to execute our plan once the market has stabilized. We are in a healthy financial position with no near-term debt maturities and are taking proactive steps to keep our balance sheet strong as we navigate this turbulent market.

    Shareholder Value
    Given the current global macro-economic backdrop, this is a time to remain nimble and prudent, which our high-quality asset base allows. As large owners of the Company, management is fully aligned with shareholders and has a long-term outlook on value creation. While markets may be volatile, it is important to remember the fundamental value of our asset base is still strong.

    First Quarter 2025 Operational Update

    HighPeak’s sales volumes during the first quarter of 2025 averaged 53.1 MBoe/d, a six percent increase over the fourth quarter 2024. First quarter sales volumes consisted of approximately 72% crude oil and 86% liquids.

    The Company averaged two drilling rigs and one frac crew during the first quarter, drilled 16 gross (16.0 net) horizontal wells and turned-in-line 13 gross (12.9 net) producing wells. On March 31, 2025, the Company had 28 gross (28.0 net) horizontal wells in various stages of drilling and completion.

    The Company updated its 2025 production guidance range to 48,000 – 50,500 Boe/d.

    HighPeak President, Michael Hollis, commented, “Our strong first quarter production is allowing us to narrow our guided range and increase the midpoint. This speaks to our strong well performance and the high quality of our long lived oily inventory. As seen in the last few commodity price cycles, HighPeak is realizing deflationary cost pressures on both the capex and opex fronts. With our increased operational efficiency, we are doing more with less and at a lower overall cost.”

    First Quarter 2025 Financial Results

    HighPeak reported net income of $36.3 million for the first quarter of 2025, or $0.26 per diluted share, and EBITDAX of $197.3 million, or $1.40 per diluted share. HighPeak reported adjusted net income of $42.7 million for the first quarter of 2025, or $0.31 per diluted share.

    First quarter average realized prices were $71.64 per Bbl of crude oil, $24.21 per Bbl of NGL and $2.34 per Mcf of natural gas, resulting in an overall realized price of $53.84 per Boe, or 75% of the weighted average of NYMEX crude oil prices, excluding the effects of derivatives. HighPeak’s cash costs for the first quarter were $11.94 per Boe, including lease operating expenses of $6.61 per Boe, workover expenses of $0.83 per Boe, production and ad valorem taxes of $3.17 per Boe and G&A expenses of $1.33 per Boe. As a result, the Company’s unhedged EBITDAX per Boe was $41.90 per Boe, or 78% of the overall realized price per Boe for the quarter, excluding the effects of derivatives.

    HighPeak’s first quarter 2025 capital expenditures to drill, complete, equip, provide facilities and for infrastructure were $179.8 million.

    Hedging

    Crude oil. As of March 31, 2025, HighPeak had the following outstanding crude oil derivative instruments and the weighted average crude oil prices and premiums payable per Bbl:

                          Swaps     Collars, Enhanced Collars
    & Deferred
    Premium Puts
     
    Settlement
    Month
      Settlement
    Year
      Type of
    Contract
      Bbls
    Per
    Day
      Index   Price per
    Bbl
        Floor or
    Strike
    Price per
    Bbl
        Ceiling
    Price per
    Bbl
        Deferred
    Premium
    Payable
    per Bbl
     
    Crude Oil:                                                  
    Apr – Jun   2025   Swap     5,500   WTI Cushing   $ 76.37     $     $     $  
    Apr – Jun   2025   Collar     7,989   WTI Cushing   $     $ 64.38     $ 88.55     $ 2.00  
    Apr – Jun   2025   Put     9,000   WTI Cushing   $     $ 65.78     $     $ 5.00  
    Jul – Sep   2025   Swap     3,000   WTI Cushing   $ 75.85     $     $     $  
    Jul – Sep   2025   Collar     7,000   WTI Cushing   $     $ 65.00     $ 90.08     $ 2.28  
    Jul – Sep   2025   Put     9,000   WTI Cushing   $     $ 65.78     $     $ 5.00  
    Oct – Dec   2025   Collar     5,000   WTI Cushing   $     $ 60.00     $ 72.80     $  
    Jan – Mar   2026   Collar     5,000   WTI Cushing   $     $ 60.00     $ 72.80     $  
     

    The Company’s crude oil derivative contracts detailed above are based on reported settlement prices on the New York Mercantile Exchange for West Texas Intermediate pricing.

    Natural gas. As of March 31, 2025, the Company had the following outstanding natural gas derivative instruments and the weighted average natural gas prices payable per MMBtu.

    Settlement Month   Settlement
    Year
      Type of
    Contract
      MMBtu
    Per Day
      Index   Price per
    MMBtu
     
    Natural Gas:                          
    Apr – Jun   2025   Swap     30,000   HH   $ 4.43  
    Jul – Sep   2025   Swap     30,000   HH   $ 4.43  
    Oct – Dec   2025   Swap     30,000   HH   $ 4.43  
    Jan – Mar   2026   Swap     19,667   HH   $ 4.43  
     

    HighPeak added the following natural gas swaps in April 2025.

    Settlement Month   Settlement
    Year
      Type of
    Contract
      MMBtu
    Per Day
      Index   Price per
    MMBtu
     
    Natural Gas:                          
    Jan – Mar   2026   Swap     10,333   HH   $ 4.30  
    Apr – Jun   2026   Swap     30,000   HH   $ 4.30  
    Jul – Sep   2026   Swap     30,000   HH   $ 4.30  
    Oct – Dec   2026   Swap     30,000   HH   $ 4.30  
    Jan – Mar   2027   Swap     19,667   HH   $ 4.30  
     

    Dividends

    During the first quarter of 2025, HighPeak’s Board of Directors approved a quarterly dividend of $0.04 per share, or $5.0 million in dividends paid to stockholders during the quarter. In addition, in May 2025, the Company’s Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend of $0.04 per share, or approximately $5.0 million in dividends, to be paid on June 25, 2025, to stockholders of record on June 2, 2025. 

    Conference Call

    HighPeak will host a conference call and webcast on Tuesday, May 13, 2025, at 10:00 a.m. Central Time for investors and analysts to discuss its results for the first quarter of 2025. Conference call participants may register for the call here. Access to the live audio-only webcast and replay of the earnings release conference call may be found here. A live broadcast of the earnings conference call will also be available on the HighPeak Energy website at www.highpeakenergy.com under the “Investors” section of the website. A replay will also be available on the website following the call.

    When available, a copy of the Company’s earnings release, investor presentation and Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q may be found on its website at www.highpeakenergy.com.

    About HighPeak Energy, Inc.

    HighPeak Energy, Inc. is a publicly traded independent crude oil and natural gas company, headquartered in Fort Worth, Texas, focused on the acquisition, development, exploration and exploitation of unconventional crude oil and natural gas reserves in the Midland Basin in West Texas. For more information, please visit our website at www.highpeakenergy.com.

    Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

    The information in this press release contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. When used in this document, the words “believes,” “plans,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “forecasts,” “intends,” “continue,” “may,” “will,” “could,” “should,” “future,” “potential,” “estimate” or the negative of such terms and similar expressions as they relate to HighPeak Energy, Inc. (“HighPeak Energy” or the “Company”) are intended to identify forward-looking statements, which are generally not historical in nature. The forward-looking statements are based on the Company’s current expectations, assumptions, estimates and projections about the Company and the industry in which the Company operates. Although the Company believes that the expectations and assumptions reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable as and when made, they involve risks and uncertainties that are difficult to predict and, in many cases, beyond the Company’s control. For example, the Company’s review of strategic alternatives may not result in a sale of the Company, a recommendation that a transaction occur or result in a completed transaction, and any transaction that occurs may not increase shareholder value, in each case as a result of such risks and uncertainties.

    These risks and uncertainties include, among other things, the results of the strategic review being undertaken by the Company’s Board and the interest of prospective counterparties, the Company’s ability to realize the results contemplated by its 2025 guidance, volatility of commodity prices, political instability or armed conflicts in crude or natural gas producing regions such as the ongoing war between Russia and Ukraine or Israel and Hamas, product supply and demand, the impact of a widespread outbreak of an illness, such as the coronavirus disease pandemic, on global and U.S. economic activity, competition, OPEC+ policy decisions, potential new trade policies, such as tariffs, could adversely affect the Company’s operations, business and profitability, inflationary pressures on costs of oilfield goods, services and personnel, the ability to obtain environmental and other permits and the timing thereof, other government regulation or action, the ability to obtain approvals from third parties and negotiate agreements with third parties on mutually acceptable terms, litigation, the costs and results of drilling and operations, availability of equipment, services, resources and personnel required to perform the Company’s drilling and operating activities, access to and availability of transportation, processing, fractionation, refining and storage facilities, HighPeak Energy’s ability to replace reserves, implement its business plans or complete its development activities as scheduled, access to and cost of capital, the financial strength of counterparties to any credit facility and derivative contracts entered into by HighPeak Energy, if any, and purchasers of HighPeak Energy’s oil, natural gas liquids and natural gas production, uncertainties about estimates of reserves, identification of drilling locations and the ability to add proved reserves in the future, the assumptions underlying forecasts, including forecasts of production, expenses, cash flow from sales of oil and gas and tax rates, quality of technical data, environmental and weather risks, including the possible impacts of climate change, cybersecurity risks and acts of war or terrorism. These and other risks are described in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, and Current Reports on Form 8-K and other filings with the SEC. The Company undertakes no duty to publicly update these statements except as required by law.

    Reserve engineering is a process of estimating underground accumulations of hydrocarbons that cannot be measured in an exact way. The accuracy of any reserve estimate depends on the quality of available data, the interpretation of such data and price and cost assumptions made by reserve engineers. Reserves estimates included herein may not be indicative of the level of reserves or PV-10 value of oil and natural gas production in the future. In addition, the results of drilling, testing and production activities may justify revisions of estimates that were made previously. If significant, such revisions could impact HighPeak’s strategy and change the schedule of any further production and development drilling. Accordingly, reserve estimates may differ significantly from the quantities of oil and natural gas that are ultimately recovered.

    Use of Projections

    The financial, operational, industry and market projections, estimates and targets in this press release and in the Company’s guidance (including production, operating expenses and capital expenditures in future periods) are based on assumptions that are inherently subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the Company’s control. The assumptions and estimates underlying the projected, expected or target results are inherently uncertain and are subject to a wide variety of significant business, economic, regulatory and competitive risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in the financial, operational, industry and market projections, estimates and targets, including assumptions, risks and uncertainties described in “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” above. These projections are speculative by their nature and, accordingly, are subject to significant risk of not being actually realized by the Company. Projected results of the Company for 2025 are particularly speculative and subject to change. Actual results may vary materially from the current projections, including for reasons beyond the Company’s control. The projections are based on current expectations and available information as of the date of this release. The Company undertakes no duty to publicly update these projections except as required by law.

    Drilling Locations

    The Company has estimated its drilling locations based on well spacing assumptions and upon the evaluation of its drilling results and those of other operators in its area, combined with its interpretation of available geologic and engineering data. The drilling locations actually drilled on the Company’s properties will depend on the availability of capital, regulatory approvals, commodity prices, costs, actual drilling results and other factors. Any drilling activities conducted on these identified locations may not be successful and may not result in additional proved reserves. Further, to the extent the drilling locations are associated with acreage that expires, the Company would lose its right to develop the related locations.

    HighPeak Energy, Inc.
    Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet Data
    (In thousands)
        March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
     
    Current assets:              
    Cash and cash equivalents   $ 51,619     $ 86,649    
    Accounts receivable     78,356       85,242    
    Inventory     8,706       10,952    
    Prepaid expenses     8,301       4,587    
    Derivative instruments     5,620       7,582    
    Total current assets     152,602       195,012    
    Crude oil and natural gas properties, using the successful efforts method of accounting:              
    Proved properties     4,140,881       3,959,545    
    Unproved properties     71,359       70,868    
    Accumulated depletion, depreciation and amortization     (1,293,949 )     (1,184,684 )  
    Total crude oil and natural gas properties, net     2,918,291       2,845,729    
    Other property and equipment, net     3,141       3,201    
    Other noncurrent assets     19,047       19,346    
    Total assets   $ 3,093,081     $ 3,063,288    
                   
    Current liabilities:              
    Current portion of long-term debt, net   $ 120,000     $ 120,000    
    Accounts payable – trade     66,473       74,011    
    Accrued capital expenditures     53,240       35,170    
    Revenues and royalties payable     27,993       26,838    
    Other accrued liabilities     22,065       22,196    
    Derivative instruments     8,275       5,380    
    Operating leases     821       719    
    Advances from joint interest owners           316    
    Total current liabilities     298,867       284,630    
    Noncurrent liabilities:              
    Long-term debt, net     902,844       928,384    
    Deferred income taxes     242,337       232,398    
    Asset retirement obligations     15,058       14,750    
    Operating leases     581       670    
    Commitments and contingencies              
                   
    Stockholders’ equity              
    Common stock     13       13    
    Additional paid-in capital     1,166,786       1,166,609    
    Retained earnings     466,595       435,834    
    Total stockholders’ equity     1,633,394       1,602,456    
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity   $ 3,093,081     $ 3,063,288    
     
    HighPeak Energy, Inc.
    Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations
    (in thousands)
        Quarter Ended March 31,
     
        2025   2024
     
    Operating revenues:            
    Crude oil sales   $ 246,424     $ 282,369    
    NGL and natural gas sales     11,024       5,395    
    Total operating revenues     257,448       287,764    
    Operating costs and expenses:            
    Crude oil and natural gas production     35,562       30,271    
    Production and ad valorem taxes     15,152       14,402    
    Exploration and abandonments     264       498    
    Depletion, depreciation and amortization     109,325       130,850    
    Accretion of discount     244       239    
    General and administrative     6,345       4,685    
    Stock-based compensation     177       3,798    
    Total operating costs and expenses     167,069       184,743    
    Other expense           1    
    Income from operations     90,379       103,020    
    Interest income     810       2,392    
    Interest expense     (36,988 )     (43,634 )  
    Loss on derivative instruments, net     (7,927 )     (53,043 )  
    Income before income taxes     46,274       8,735    
    Provision for income taxes     9,939       2,297    
    Net income   $ 36,335     $ 6,438    
                 
    Earnings per share:            
    Basic net income   $ 0.26     $ 0.05    
    Diluted net income   $ 0.26     $ 0.05    
                 
    Weighted average shares outstanding:            
    Basic     123,913       125,696    
    Diluted     127,213       129,641    
                 
    Dividends declared per share   $ 0.04     $ 0.04    
     
    HighPeak Energy, Inc.
    Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
    (in thousands)
        Quarter Ended March 31,
     
        2025
      2024
     
    CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:            
    Net income   $ 36,335     $ 6,438    
    Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operations:            
    Provision for deferred income taxes     9,939       1,688    
    Loss on derivative instruments     7,927       53,043    
    Cash paid on settlement of derivative instruments     (3,071 )     (5,148 )  
    Amortization of debt issuance costs     2,034       2,053    
    Amortization of discounts on long-term debt     2,426       2,453    
    Stock-based compensation expense     177       3,798    
    Accretion expense     244       239    
    Depletion, depreciation and amortization     109,325       130,850    
    Exploration and abandonment expense     4       274    
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities:            
    Accounts receivable     6,886       (14,414 )  
    Prepaid expenses, inventory and other assets     (1,314 )     (4,722 )  
    Accounts payable, accrued liabilities and other current liabilities     (13,860 )     (5,113 )  
    Net cash provided by operating activities     157,052       171,439    
    CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:            
    Additions to crude oil and natural gas properties     (179,819 )     (147,698 )  
    Changes in working capital associated with crude oil and natural gas property additions     25,172       1,705    
    Acquisitions of crude oil and natural gas properties     (2,517 )     (2,171 )  
    Proceeds from sales of properties     570          
    Other property additions           (59 )  
    Net cash used in investing activities     (156,594 )     (148,223 )  
    CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:            
    Repayments under Term Loan Credit Agreement     (30,000 )     (30,000 )  
    Dividends paid     (4,957 )     (5,050 )  
    Dividend equivalents paid     (531 )     (530 )  
    Repurchased shares under buyback program           (8,764 )  
    Debt issuance costs           (7 )  
    Net cash used in financing activities     (35,488 )     (44,351 )  
    Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents     (35,030 )     (21,135 )  
    Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period     86,649       194,515    
    Cash and cash equivalents, end of period   $ 51,619     $ 173,380    
     
    HighPeak Energy, Inc.
    Unaudited Summary Operating Highlights
        Quarter Ended March 31,  
        2025   2024  
    Average Daily Sales Volumes:              
    Crude oil (Bbls)     38,222       39,959    
    NGLs (Bbls)     7,724       5,147    
    Natural gas (Mcf)     43,096       27,733    
    Total (Boe)     53,128       49,729    
                   
    Average Realized Prices (excluding effects of derivatives):              
    Crude oil per Bbl   $ 71.64     $ 77.65    
    NGL per Bbl   $ 24.21     $ 24.94    
    Natural gas per Mcf   $ 2.34     $ 1.33    
    Total per Boe   $ 53.84     $ 63.59    
                   
    Margin Data ($ per Boe):              
    Average price, excluding effects of derivatives   $ 53.84     $ 63.59    
    Lease operating expenses     (6.61 )     (6.30 )  
    Expense workovers     (0.83 )     (0.39 )  
    Production and ad valorem taxes     (3.17 )     (3.18 )  
    General and administrative expenses     (1.33 )     (1.04 )  
        $ 41.90     $ 52.68    
     
    HighPeak Energy, Inc.
    Unaudited Earnings Per Share Details
        Quarter Ended March 31,  
        2025   2024  
    Net income as reported   $ 36,335     $ 6,438    
    Participating basic earnings     (3,542 )     (605 )  
    Basic earnings attributable to common shareholders     32,793       5,833    
    Reallocation of participating earnings     47       1    
    Diluted net income attributable to common shareholders   $ 32,840     $ 5,834    
                   
    Basic weighted average shares outstanding     123,913       125,696    
    Dilutive warrants and unvested stock options     1,146       1,786    
    Dilutive unvested restricted stock     2,154       2,159    
    Diluted weighted average shares outstanding     127,213       129,641    
                   
    Net income per share attributable to common shareholders:              
    Basic   $ 0.26     $ 0.05    
    Diluted   $ 0.26     $ 0.05    
     
    HighPeak Energy, Inc.
    Unaudited Reconciliation of Net Income to EBITDAX, Discretionary Cash Flow and Net Cash Provided by Operations
    (in thousands)
     
        Quarter Ended March 31,  
        2025   2024  
    Net income   $ 36,335     $ 6,438    
    Interest expense     36,988       43,634    
    Interest income     (810 )     (2,392 )  
    Income tax expense     9,939       2,297    
    Depletion, depreciation and amortization     109,325       130,850    
    Accretion of discount     244       239    
    Exploration and abandonment expense     264       498    
    Stock based compensation     177       3,798    
    Derivative related noncash activity     4,856       47,895    
    Other expense           1    
    EBITDAX     197,318       233,258    
    Cash interest expense     (32,528 )     (39,128 )  
    Other (a)     550       1,558    
    Discretionary cash flow     165,340       195,688    
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities     (8,288 )     (24,249 )  
    Net cash provided by operating activities   $ 157,052     $ 171,439    
    (a)     Includes interest income net of current tax expense, other expense and operating portion of exploration and abandonment expenses.
     
    HighPeak Energy, Inc.
    Unaudited Reconciliation of Net Cash Provided by Operations and Free Cash Flow
    (in thousands)
        Quarter Ended March 31,  
        2025   2024  
    Net cash provided by operating activities   $ 157,052     $ 171,439    
    Add back: net change in operating assets and liabilities     8,288       24,249    
    Operating cash flow before working capital changes     165,340       195,688    
    Additions to crude oil and natural gas properties     (179,819 )     (147,698 )  
    Changes in working capital associated with crude oil and natural gas property additions     25,172       1,705    
    Free cash flow   $ 10,693     $ 49,695    
     
    HighPeak Energy, Inc.
    Unaudited Reconciliation of Net Income to Adjusted Net Income
    (in thousands, except per share data)
        Quarter Ended
    March 31, 2025
     
        Amounts   Amounts per Diluted Share  
    Net income   $ 36,335     $ 0.26    
    Derivative loss, net     7,927       0.06    
    Stock-based compensation     177       0.00    
    Income tax adjustment for above items *     (1,741 )     (0.01 )  
                       
    Adjusted net income   $ 42,698     $ 0.31    
                   
    * Assuming 21% statutory tax rate              
     

    Investor Contact:

    Ryan Hightower
    Vice President, Business Development
    817.850.9204
    rhightower@highpeakenergy.com

    Source: HighPeak Energy, Inc.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI New Zealand: Chris Hipkins: Pre-Budget speech

    Source: New Zealand Labour Party

    So as we gather here for an early conversation about next week’s Budget, it’s also a good time for us to have some hard, and honest, conversations about the crossroads our country finds itself at.

    We’re at a moment that demands honesty. A moment that demands leadership. And above all, a moment that demands hope.

    I want to say upfront that paying for your Budget at the expense of women, cutting their chance at fair pay, is the opposite of all of those things.

    I think the reaction over the past week has been swift, strong and utterly justified.

    Women all over this country rightly felt like pay equity was something they had fought for, in some cases devoting their lives to it. It was hard fought, and we were making progress.

    Let’s be clear – this Government is gaslighting all Kiwi women.

    Telling them they aren’t cutting women’s pay on one hand, while cancelling 33 active claims representing hundreds of thousands of women with no due process on the other.

    Claiming it wasn’t to pay for their Budget, then admitting their changes will see billions slashed from that same Budget.

    I think one of the many reasons this is resonating so strongly is because for many Kiwis, the promises they were sold at the last election have turned to dust.

    They were told the economy would be stronger. But it’s slower.

    They were told the cost of living would come down. But prices have gone up.

    They were told families with kids would get an extra $250 a fortnight to help with the cost of living, yet only a handful, if that, are getting it.

    They were told a new government would get things moving, and yet building projects have ground to a halt and 13,000 people working in construction lost their jobs.

    They were told the country would be united. But it’s more divided than ever.

    And at every turn, when people ask ‘why can’t we invest in our schools, in our hospitals, in our future?’ the government is giving them the same answer:

    “There’s no alternative.”

    Well, let me be clear: there is always an alternative. There are always choices.

    And this government is making the wrong ones.

    A $3 billion tax break for landlords while cutting funding for pay equity for women.

    A rollback of our world-leading smoke-free laws while giving tobacco companies over $200 million in tax breaks.

    Borrowing $12 billion for tax cuts while cutting jobs, cutting investment, and cutting hope for future generations.

    They are choosing austerity. Nicola Willis doesn’t like that word, but it is absolutely true. Choosing decline. Choosing division.

    But we in Labour are choosing a different path. A better path. A fairer path. One that puts people at the heart of our economy and decency back at the heart of our politics.

    Because we’ve done it before, and we can do it again.

    There are challenges ahead. Challenges like the rise of artificial intelligence and the changing nature of work that’s going to prompt.

    The climate crisis, and the energy transition that’s going to demand.

    An ageing population, in need of care and dignity.

    The widening gap between rich and poor, between city and region, between young and old.

    And the creeping polarisation that seeks to divide us, when what we need most is to come together.

    What’s this government’s response now to these challenges?

    Deregulate here. Privatise there.

    If it moves, sell it. If it breaks, blame someone else.

    This is a government more interested in finding someone else to blame than solving the problems facing the country.

    They’re trying to solve the challenges of the 21st century with ideas from the 19th.

    They have no plan for the future. Just slogans and spreadsheets.

    But we do have a plan. A serious, credible, ambitious plan one that is rooted in fairness, decency, and community. One that believes in people. One that backs New Zealand.

    Labour is the party that governs for all, not just a few.

    Let’s start with the economy—because you can’t build anything if your foundations are crumbling.

    The current government loves to repeat the myth that New Zealand is drowning in debt.

    Let’s look at the facts. Before COVID-19 arrived, our net core Crown debt was around 18%. After the pandemic, it peaked at 40%. That’s an increase—but it’s broadly in line with what National borrowed during the Global Financial Crisis, when they increased debt by 20%.

    And if you include our assetts—like the New Zealand Super Fund—our net debt falls closer to 25%. That’s still one of the lowest levels in the developed world.

    You wouldn’t sell your house because of a mortgage you can easily manage. And we shouldn’t sell our public assets because of debt that’s low by international standards.

    And net debt isn’t the full story either. The government’s net worth more than doubled over the past decade —from $81 billion in 2014 to $191 billion in 2023.

    We need a more mature conversation about government debt and assets than the one that we are having at the moment.

    Borrowing more money to support a higher number of people on unemployment benefits because you’ve slashed government investment in areas like infrastructure and housing simply isn’t sustainable.

    Now is exactly the time for government to make the investments we need in infrastructure, housing, health, and our environment so we are creating jobs and get New Zealand moving again.

    Anchor projects funded by government have helped us get through major economic shocks before, like the rollout of broadband during the GFC. They create jobs, stimulate the economy, and leave a positive legacy for the future.

    Yet all we’ve seen from this government so far is big talk about a pipeline of future projects that’s yet to eventuate. In fact, the opposite has happened. They spent less last year than the year before.

    All the big talk about infrastructure is actually resulting in less investment in it.

    Talking about economic growth without actually having a plan to deliver it just doesn’t cut it.

    Labour will get New Zealand back to work, just as we’ve done before.

    We didn’t get everything right in government, but let’s put a few facts on the table.

    GDP per person grew by $18,000 under the last Labour government—more than under either the Clark or Key governments, despite the fact we were in office for 3 years less than both of those predecessor governments.

    And wages? Under Bolger and Shipley, ordinary hourly pay grew by $3.30 over nine years. Under Clark, $7.22. Under Key and English, $6.29. Under Ardern and Hipkins? $9.98.

    We grew the economy faster. We lifted wages faster. We created more jobs. Unemployment was lower.

    So when the government tells you there is no alternative to cuts—don’t believe it. There is.

    But it’s not just about numbers. It’s about values.

    If we are genuinely going to turn things around, and provide New Zealanders with hope and the opportunity of a better future, this year’s Budget will need to do three things.

    First, it will need to properly fund our frontline public services like health, education, aged care and police.

    National promised New Zealanders before the election frontline public services wouldn’t be cut, yet hiring freezes in health, cuts to specialist teachers, and cruel cuts to disability support all serve as vivid examples that just wasn’t true.

    Second, it will need to provide a credible answer to how the government is going to fund all of its promises, and that should not be at the expense of working New Zealand women.

    They’ve committing billions in infrastructure investment, for example, but still haven’t said how they will pay for it all.

    Third, they need to show they have a plan to invest in our future. To rebuild our ageing schools, hospitals, public homes and infrastructure. To create jobs, upskill our workers, and raising wages and living standards.

    Because fundamentally, good economic management is about people. Shifting numbers around on a page while making life harder for everyday working Kiwis is not a sign of success.

    How can we look our kids in the eye when we give $3 billion tax break to landlords—while cutting funding for food banks?

    How can we justify increasing returns for landlords while we cut the pay of those who clean our hospitals and protect our schools?

    We can’t. We won’t and we shouldn’t.

    Labour is not anti-wealth. We are anti-poverty. And we are pro-opportunity—for everyone.

    We believe in a fair tax system, and you’ll hear more from us on that soon. Not to punish success, but to ask those who have benefitted most to contribute their fair share—to the schools that taught them, the roads that connect them, and the hospitals that care for their families.

    Because you can’t build a strong economy on a weak society.

    We want to build a country where our kids don’t feel they have to leave New Zealand to build a life for themselves.

    Where our elders can live with dignity.

    Where no child goes hungry.

    Where our businesses thrive.

    Where being a nurse, a teacher, or a farmer isn’t a path to burnout—but a path to pride.

    We want New Zealand to be a place where our best and brightest don’t just want to stay—but they can stay. Because there is opportunity here. Hope here. A future here.

    We know the future will test us. Artificial intelligence is going to change how we work. Climate change is going to challenge how we live. New technologies will transform jobs and our industries.

    But these aren’t reasons to fear the future. They are reasons to shape it.

    And that’s exactly what Labour will do.

    We will invest in green energy and the industries of tomorrow.

    We will reform our education system so that we prepare young people for the jobs of the future—not the jobs of the 19th century.

    We will make sure that new technologies benefit everyone, not just the few.

    We will build homes—not sell them off.

    We will protect our environment—not carve it up and privatise it.

    And need to focus on uniting this country—not driving division.

    Because diversity is not a weakness. It is our greatest strength.

    Whether you are Māori, Pākehā, Pasifika, Asian, or new to this land—you are all Kiwis.

    Whether you’re a nurse in Palmerston North, a teacher in Ōtaki, a small business owner in Timaru, a cleaner in South Auckland, a builder in Rotorua, or a farmer in Wairoa – your contribution matters.

    Whether you’re young or old, rich or poor, gay or straight or transgender, Labour sees you. Labour hears you. Labour is fighting for you.

    Because what unites us is far greater than what divides us.

    We are a nation of workers and dreamers, of creators and carers.

    We believe in fairness. In decency. In community.

    And we believe the role of government is not to sit on the sidelines—it’s to step up, to help, to serve.

    This government is making different choices. Choosing a lucky few, over the rest of us.

    And those choices show us, more than anything, what kind of country this government wants to build.

    But I ask you: is that the country we want?

    A broken health system.

    Children going to school hungry.

    People sleeping in cars.

    And a generation—our kids—growing up believing they may never own a home, never raise a family, never build a future here.

    Or do we want a New Zealand where everyone gets a fair go?

    Where the dignity of work is restored, the promise of opportunity renewed, and the bonds of community rebuilt?

    We’re not here to manage decline. We are here to build the future.

    A future where prosperity is shared.

    Where no one is left behind.

    Where we choose hope over fear.

    Where we say to the next generation: yes—you can dream here. You can build here. You can stay here.

    We’ve done it before.

    And with your support, we’ll do it again.

    Let’s build a better way. Together.

    Kia kaha. Kia māia. Kia manawanui.

    Thank you.

    MIL OSI New Zealand News

  • MIL-Evening Report: From Zoo Quest to Ocean: The evolution of David Attenborough’s voice for the planet

    Source: The Conversation (Au and NZ) – By Neil J. Gostling, Associate Professor in Evolution and Palaeobiology, University of Southampton

    Over the course of seven decades, Sir David Attenborough’s documentaries have reshaped how we see the natural world, shifting from colonial-era collecting trips to urgent calls for environmental action.

    His storytelling has inspired generations, but has only recently begun to confront the scale of the ecological crisis. To understand how far nature broadcasting has come, it helps to return to where it started.

    When Attenborough’s broadcasting career began in the 1950s, Austrian filmmakers Hans and Lotte Hass were already pushing the boundaries of what was possible by taking cameras below the sea and touring the world aboard their schooner, the Xafira.

    In one of their 1953 Galapagos films, a crewman handled a sealion pup, having crawled across the volcanic rock of Fernandina honking at sealions to attract them. A penguin and giant tortoise were brought on board Xafira. And as Lotte Hass took photographs, she’d beseech some poor creature to “not be frightened” and “look pleasant”.

    This is a world away from today’s expectations, where both research scientists and amateur naturalists are taught to observe without touching or disturbing wildlife. When the Hasses visited the Galápagos, it was still five years before the creation of the national park and the founding of the island’s conservation organisation Charles Darwin Foundation. Now, visitors must stay at least two metres from all animals – and never approach them.


    Get your news from actual experts, straight to your inbox. Sign up to our daily newsletter to receive all The Conversation UK’s latest coverage of news and research, from politics and business to the arts and sciences. Join The Conversation for free today.


    At the same time, television was beginning to shape public perceptions of the natural world. In 1954, Attenborough was working as a young producer on Zoo Quest. By chance, he became its presenter when zoologist Jack Lester became ill.

    The programme followed zoologists collecting animals from around the world for London Zoo. Zoo Quest was filmed in exotic locations around the world and then in the studio where the animals found on the expedition were shown “up close”.

    Attenborough has since acknowledged that Zoo Quest reflected attitudes that would not be acceptable today. The series showed animals being captured from the wild and transported to London Zoo – practices which mirrored extractive, colonial-era approaches to science.

    David Attenborough’s Zoo Quest for a Dragon aired in 1956.

    Yet, Zoo Quest was also groundbreaking. The series brought viewers face-to-face with animals they might never have seen before and pioneered a visual style that made natural history television both entertaining and educational. It helped establish Attenborough’s reputation as a compelling communicator and laid the foundations for a new genre of science broadcasting – one that has evolved, like its presenter, over time.

    After a decade in production, Attenborough returned to presenting with Life on Earth (1979), a landmark series that traced the evolution of life from single-celled organisms to birds and apes. Drawing on his long-standing interest in fossils, the series combined zoology, palaeobiology and natural history to create an ambitious new template for science broadcasting.

    Life on Earth helped cement Attenborough’s reputation as a trusted communicator and became the foundation of the BBC’s “blue-chip” natural history format – big-budget, internationally produced films that put high-quality cinematic wildlife footage at the forefront of the story. The series did not simply document the natural world. It reframed it, using presenter-led storytelling and global spectacle to shape how audiences understood evolutionary processes.

    For much of his career, Attenborough has been celebrated for showcasing the beauty of the natural world. Yet, he has also faced criticism for sidestepping the environmental crises threatening it. Commentators such as the environmental journalist George Monbiot argued that his earlier documentaries, while visually stunning, often avoided addressing the human role in climate change, presenting nature as untouched and avoiding difficult truths about ecological decline.

    Building on the legacy of Life on Earth, Attenborough’s later series began to respond to these critiques. Blue Planet (2001) expanded the scope of nature storytelling, revealing the mysteries of the ocean’s most remote and uncharted ecosystems. Its 2017 sequel, Blue Planet II, introduced a more urgent tone, highlighting the scale of plastic pollution and the need for marine conservation.

    Although Blue Planet II significantly increased viewers’ environmental knowledge, it did not lead to measurable changes in plastic consumption behaviour – a reminder that awareness alone does not guarantee action. The subsequent Wild Isles (2023) continued the shift towards conservation messaging. While the main series aired in five parts, a sixth episode – Saving Our Wild Isles – was released separately and drew controversy amid claims the BBC had sidelined it for being too political. In reality, the episode delivered a clear call to action.

    Attenborough’s latest film, Ocean, continues in this more urgent register, pairing breathtaking imagery with an unflinching assessment of ocean health. After decades of gentle narration, he now speaks with sharpened clarity about the scale of the crisis and the need to act.

    A voice for action

    In recent years, Attenborough has taken on a new role – not just as a broadcaster, but as a powerful voice in environmental diplomacy. He has addressed world leaders at major summits such as the UN climate conference Cop24 and the World Economic Forum, calling for urgent action on climate change. He was also appointed ambassador for the UK government’s review on the economics of biodiversity.

    On the subject of environmemtal diplomacy, Monbiot recently wrote: “A few years ago, I was sharply critical of Sir David for downplaying the environmental crisis on his TV programmes. Most people would have reacted badly but remarkably, at 92, he took this and similar critiques on board and radically changed his approach.”

    Attenborough not only speaks. He listens. This is part of his charm and popularity. He is learning and evolving as much as his audience.

    What makes Attenborough stand out is the way he speaks. While official climate treaties often rely on technical or legal language, he communicates in emotional, accessible terms – speaking plainly about responsibility, urgency and the moral imperative to protect life on Earth. His calm authority and familiar voice make complex issues easier to grasp and harder to dismiss.

    Frequently named Britain’s most trusted public figure, Attenborough has become something of an unofficial diplomat for the planet – apolitical, measured, and often seen as a voice of reason amid populist noise. Despite his criticisms, Attenborough’s documentaries walk a careful line between fragility and resilience, using emotionally ambivalent imagery to prompt reflection. He shares his wonder with the natural world and brings people along with him

    Ocean shows our blue planet in more spectacular fashion than Lotte and Hans Hass could ever have imagined. But it is also Attenborough’s most direct reckoning with environmental collapse. With clarity and urgency, it confronts the damage wrought by industrial trawling and habitat destruction.

    After 70 years of gently guiding viewers through the natural world, Attenborough’s voice has sharpened. If he once opened our eyes to nature’s wonders, he now challenges us not to look away. As he puts it: “If we save the sea, we save our world. After a lifetime filming our planet, I’m sure that nothing is more important.”


    Don’t have time to read about climate change as much as you’d like?

    Get a weekly roundup in your inbox instead. Every Wednesday, The Conversation’s environment editor writes Imagine, a short email that goes a little deeper into just one climate issue. Join the 45,000+ readers who’ve subscribed so far.


    The authors do not work for, consult, own shares in or receive funding from any company or organisation that would benefit from this article, and have disclosed no relevant affiliations beyond their academic appointment.

    ref. From Zoo Quest to Ocean: The evolution of David Attenborough’s voice for the planet – https://theconversation.com/from-zoo-quest-to-ocean-the-evolution-of-david-attenboroughs-voice-for-the-planet-251727

    MIL OSI AnalysisEveningReport.nz

  • MIL-Evening Report: A looming workforce crisis in NZ tourism and hospitality threatens industry growth plans

    Source: The Conversation (Au and NZ) – By Anthony Brien, Associate Professor, Department of Global Value Chains and Trade, Lincoln University, New Zealand

    Getty Images

    Last week’s big tourism conference in Rotorua saw plenty of optimism about the industry’s potential, but also warnings that airline capacity is hampering post-COVID growth.

    The focus on bringing more foreign tourists to New Zealand is understandable, given the sector accounts for 7.5% of GDP and is our second highest export earner. But there is deeper problem, too. We already struggle to serve current visitor numbers – how will we handle more?

    International tourism injected NZ$16.9 billion into the economy in the year to March 2024. Total tourism expenditure (domestic and international) hit a record $44.4 billion, up nearly 15% from the previous year.

    The government has responded with a $13.5 million global marketing boost, and business leaders are celebrating. The big question is whether we will have the workforce to match the ambition.

    Because right now, the pipeline of skilled, engaged people willing to work, grow and lead in tourism and hospitality isn’t flowing.

    Without an industry-led, well-funded campaign to rebuild the perception of tourism and hospitality as credible, rewarding and sustainable career options, New Zealand has a crisis in the making.

    Who wants to work in tourism and hospo?

    Fewer New Zealanders are choosing tourism and hospitality as a career. With the number of locals studying tourism and hospitality collapsing, both sectors are increasingly dependent on foreign workers.

    Tourism education numbers for the past decade show:

    • 1,355 equivalent full-time students were enrolled in tourism-related courses in 2024, down from 3,750 in 2015 – a 63% drop

    • enrolments in bachelor’s degrees in tourism management fell from 45 in 2015 to 25 in 2024 – a 44% drop

    • postgraduate enrolments in tourism management are down 75%, with only 20 in 2024.

    The figures for hospitality education paint an even grimmer picture:

    • enrolments in hospitality courses fell from from 915 in 2015 to just 250 in 2024 – a 73% drop

    • cookery course enrolments fell from 4,125 to 1,140 – a 72% drop

    • food and beverage service training fell from 1,445 in 2015 to just 340 in 2024 – a 76% drop

    • hospitality management degree enrolments fell from 380 in 2015 to 210 in 2024 – a 45% drop.

    These figures do not include actual workplace training, but they still illustrate a clear trend.

    The looming workforce shortage

    Minister of Tourism and Hospitality Louise Upston recently said, “We need to grow tourism businesses. We need to grow the value from the tourism visitors we have.” She’s right. But without a viable workforce, none of this is possible.

    As to why more New Zealanders aren’t keen to work in the sector, Upston said, “I just don’t think the sector’s promoted it well enough.” This is despite many years of industry exhortations to “grow the domestic workforce”, “attract more young people” and “build career pathways”.

    COVID-19 certainly hurt the industry’s image as a place to work. But the challenges around neglected workforce development, career promotion and long-term planning predate the pandemic.

    Other industries and professions – including construction, agriculture and accounting – have invested heavily in scholarships, internships, mentoring and reputation building. Tourism and hospitality haven’t matched this and now risk losing young people to global demand.

    If the pattern continues, there will be a national shortage of qualified staff and competent managers, and greater reliance on short-term and migrant labour. That leads in turn to overworked staff, poorer service, and businesses forced to reduce hours or close altogether.

    Investment in the future

    In the 1970s and 80s, New Zealand had to import tourism and hospitality talent to grow the industries. Without real change, those days may return.

    Apart from what is offered by two major hotel chains, few formal internships exist. Such programmes are not simply part-time jobs, they’re investments in future talent, involving professional guidance and meaningful experience. They take effort, but they work.

    Meanwhile, degree-level programmes are already being dropped. If lower-level course enrolments continue to fall, these programmes may close too. The burden then falls on businesses to train and educate staff. But those same businesses say they can’t find enough staff today.

    This is more than a workforce problem, it’s a national economic risk. Spending millions on attracting visitors only to deliver a substandard experience is not a good use of taxpayer money.

    Without people, there is no hospitality. Without hospitality, there is no tourism. And without a sustainable tourism industry, New Zealand’s economy will suffer.

    Anthony Brien is a member of Tourism Industry Aotearoa.

    ref. A looming workforce crisis in NZ tourism and hospitality threatens industry growth plans – https://theconversation.com/a-looming-workforce-crisis-in-nz-tourism-and-hospitality-threatens-industry-growth-plans-256212

    MIL OSI AnalysisEveningReport.nz

  • MIL-OSI: Natural Gas Services Group, Inc. Reports First Quarter 2025 Financial and Operating Results; Increases 2025 Guidance

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    Midland, Texas, May 12, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — Natural Gas Services Group, Inc. (“NGS” or the “Company”) (NYSE:NGS), a leading provider of natural gas compression equipment, technology, and services to the energy industry, today announced financial results for the three months ended March 31, 2025. The Company also raised the high-end of its full-year 2025 Adjusted EBITDA guidance to $79 million, citing continued strength in its business and growing demand across its fleet.

    First Quarter 2025 Highlights

    • Rental revenue of $38.9 million for the first quarter of 2025 representing a 15% year-over-year increase and a 2% sequential increase compared to the period ended December 31, 2024.
    • Net income of $4.9 million or $0.38 per diluted share for the first quarter of 2025 compared to net income of $5.1 million or $0.41 per diluted share for the comparable period; net income up $2.0 million sequentially.
    • Leverage ratio at March 31, 2025, was 2.18x.
    • Adjusted EBITDA of $19.3 million for the first quarter of 2025, representing a 14% year-over-year increase; Adjusted EBITDA up 7% sequentially. See Non-GAAP Financial Measures – Adjusted EBITDA, below.

    Management Commentary and Outlook
    “We are pleased to report another quarter of strong execution and continued momentum across our business,” said Justin Jacobs, Chief Executive Officer. “We are taking market share, expanding our presence in key basins, and investing in our fleet, including the deployment of large-horsepower electric motor units. Our recent credit facility expansion, which also decreased our interest rate and provided more flexible covenants, further improves our ability to take advantage of organic and inorganic growth opportunities.”

    Jacobs continued, “While broader market uncertainty increased in recent weeks—driven primarily by tariff concerns, commodity price volatility, and macroeconomic factors—we are not seeing any meaningful direct impact on our operations. We will continue to monitor indirect effects closely, but we remain confident in our ability to deliver results consistent with our guidance.”

    “We increased our EBITDA outlook to reflect our first quarter outperformance relative to internal expectations and our confidence in the trajectory of the business. We remain excited about our prospects as we look to the remainder of 2025 and into 2026. Our team remains focused on disciplined capital allocation, operational excellence, and long-term value creation for our shareholders.”

    Corporate Guidance — 2025 Outlook

    The Company today provides updates to its previously announced guidance for the 2025 Fiscal Year. Based on a strong start to the year in the first quarter and its confidence for the remainder of the year, the Company today increased the high-end of its adjusted EBITDA guidance to $79 million. The Company now anticipates adjusted EBITDA for the 2025 Fiscal Year to be in the range of $74 – $79 million.

    The Company also reaffirms its outlook for 2025 growth capital expenditures of between $95 – $120 million, which are mostly  comprised of new units (essentially all of which are under contract). Once all these units are deployed, which is expected by early 2026, the Company expects its rented horsepower fleet to increase by approximately 90,000 horsepower, representing an increase of approximately 18% compared to year-end 2024. Customer deployments remain on schedule and the timing of deployments as previously noted is heavily weighted to the second half of 2025 and early 2026. Additionally, the Company anticipates 2025 maintenance expenditures of $10 – $13 million, consistent with its prior guidance and its target return on invested capital of 20% remains unchanged.

    The Company also reiterates the statement from the 2024 year end release that once all the 2025 growth capital expenditures are spent and the units are deployed, its “run rate” Adjusted EBITDA should increase at a rate (when compared to the fourth quarter of 2024) well in excess of (but less than double the rate of) the Company’s anticipated horsepower growth of 18%.

      Outlook
    NEW FY 2025 Adjusted EBITDA $74 million – $79 million
    FY 2025 Growth Capital Expenditures $95 million – $120 million
    FY 2025 Maintenance Capital Expenditures $10 million – $13 million
    Target Return on Invested Capital At least 20%

    Jacobs concluded, “We have multiple pathways to build on our industry-leading growth and drive shareholder value: fleet optimization, asset utilization (both unutilized units and non-cash assets), new rental units (both electric motor and natural gas engine), and accretive mergers and acquisitions. Given our strong balance sheet, low relative leverage, and recent increase in our borrowing capacity, we are well positioned to capitalize on opportunities for significant growth throughout the remainder of 2025.”

    2025 First Quarter Financial Results

    Revenue:  Total revenue for the three months ended March 31, 2025, increased 12% to $41.4 million from $36.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2024. This increase was primarily due to higher rental revenues for the comparable periods. Rental revenue increased 15% to $38.9 million from $33.7 million in the first quarter of 2024 due to the addition of higher horsepower packages and pricing improvements. As of March 31, 2025, we had 492,679 rented horsepower (1,202 rented units) compared to 444,220 horsepower (1,245 rented units) as of March 31, 2024, reflecting an 11% increase in total utilized horsepower. Sequentially, total revenue increased 2% from $40.7 million primarily related to higher rental revenue for the current period.

    Gross Margins and Adjusted Gross Margins: Total gross margins, including depreciation expense increased to $15.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to $14.2 million for the same period in 2024 and increased on a sequential basis from $14.6 million for the three months ended December 31, 2024. Total adjusted gross margin, exclusive of depreciation expense, increased to $24.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025, compared to $21.1 million for the same period in 2024. On a sequential basis, total adjusted gross margin, exclusive of depreciation expense increased by $1.3 million compared to $23.0 million for the period ended December 31, 2024. For a reconciliation of Gross Margin, see Non-GAAP Financial Measures – Adjusted Gross Margin, below.

    Operating Income:  Operating income for the three months ended March 31, 2025, was $9.5 million compared to operating income of $9.3 million for the comparable 2024 period. On a sequential basis, operating income increased $3.5 million compared to $6.0 million for the period ended December 31, 2024.

    Net Income: Net income for the three months ended March 31, 2025, was $4.9 million, or $0.38 per diluted share compared to net income of $5.1 million or $0.41 per diluted share for the comparable 2024 period. On a sequential basis, net income increased $2.0 million when compared to net income of $2.9 million, or $0.23 per diluted share, in the fourth quarter of 2024. The modest year-over-year decline in net income was primarily related to an adjustment to inventory allowance, retirement of rental equipment, a gain on the sale of property and equipment, as well as an increase in depreciation and amortization. The sequential improvement in net income was primarily driven by higher rental revenue and rental gross margin.

    Cash Flows: At March 31, 2025, cash and cash equivalents were approximately $2.1 million, while working capital was $24.7 million. For the three months ended March 31, 2025, cash flows provided by operating activities were $21.3 million, while cash flows used in investing activities was $19.3 million. This compares to cash flows from operating activities of $5.6 million and cash flows used in investing activities of $10.9 million for the comparable three-month period in 2024. Cash flow used in investing activities during the first quarter 2025 included $19.3 million in capital expenditures.

    Adjusted EBITDA: Adjusted EBITDA increased 14% to $19.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2025, from $16.9 million for the same period in 2024. The increase was primarily attributable to higher rental revenue and rental adjusted gross margin. Sequentially, Adjusted EBITDA increased 7% when compared to $18.0 million for the three months ended December 31, 2024.

    Debt:  Outstanding debt on our revolving credit facility as of March 31, 2025, was $168 million. Our leverage ratio at March 31, 2025, was 2.18x and our fixed charge coverage ratio was 2.98x. The Company is in compliance with all terms, conditions and covenants of the credit agreement.

    Selected data: The tables below show revenue by product line, gross margin and adjusted gross margin for the trailing five quarters.   Adjusted gross margin is the difference between revenue and cost of sales, exclusive of depreciation.

      Revenues
      Three months ended
      March 31, 2024 June 30, 2024 September 30, 2024 December 31, 2024 March 31, 2025
      ($ in 000)   ($ in 000)   ($ in 000)   ($ in 000)   ($ in 000)  
    Rentals $                  33,734   $                  34,926   $                  37,350   $                  38,226   $                  38,910  
    Sales                        2,503                          2,270                          1,843                             997                          1,927  
    Aftermarket services                           670                          1,295                          1,493                          1,435                             546  
    Total $                  36,907   $                  38,491   $                  40,686   $                  40,658   $                  41,383  
      Gross Margin
      Three months ended
      March 31, 2024 June 30, 2024 September 30, 2024 December 31, 2024 March 31, 2025
      ($ in 000)   ($ in 000)   ($ in 000)   ($ in 000)   ($ in 000)  
    Rentals $                  13,761                       13,211                       15,043                       14,865   $                  15,634  
    Sales                           253                             (50)                           (258)                           (531)                           (181)  
    Aftermarket services                           163                             269                             151                             296                             264  
    Total $                  14,177   $                  13,430   $                  14,936   $                  14,630   $                  15,717  
                         
      Adjusted Gross Margin (1)
      Three months ended
      March 31, 2024 June 30, 2024 September 30, 2024 December 31, 2024 March 31, 2025
      ($ in 000)   ($ in 000)   ($ in 000)   ($ in 000)   ($ in 000)  
    Rentals                     20,620                       20,698                       22,908                       23,107                       24,070  
    Sales                           323                               21                           (185)                           (449)                             (89)  
    Aftermarket services                           170                             283                             169                             321                             275  
    Total $                  21,113   $                  21,002   $                  22,892   $                  22,979   $                  24,256  
                         
        Adjusted Gross Margin %
        Three months ended
        March 31, 2024 June 30, 2024 September 30, 2024 December 31, 2024 March 31, 2025
    Rentals   61.1 %   59.3 %   61.3 %   60.4 %   61.9 %
    Sales   12.9 %   0.9 %   (10.0) %   (45.0) %   (4.6) %
    Aftermarket services   25.4 %   21.9 %   11.3  %   22.4 %   50.4 %
    Total   57.2 %   54.6 %   56.3 %   56.5 %   58.6 %
      Compression Units (at end of period):
      Three months ended
      March 31, 2024 June 30, 2024 September 30, 2024 December 31, 2024 March 31, 2025
    Horsepower Utilized 444,220   454,568   475,534   491,756   492,679
    Total Horsepower 542,256   552,599   579,699   598,840   603,391
    Horsepower Utilization 81.9 %   82.3 %   82.0 %   82.1 %   81.7 %
                       
    Units Utilized 1,245   1,242   1,229   1,208   1,202
    Total Units 1,894   1,899   1,909   1,912   1,916
    Unit Utilization 65.7 %   65.4 %   64.4 %   63.2 %   62.7 %

    (1) For a reconciliation of adjusted gross margin to its most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP, please read “Non-GAAP Financial Measures – Adjusted Gross Margin” below.

    Non-GAAP Financial Measure – Adjusted Gross Margin: “Adjusted Gross Margin” is defined as total revenue less costs of revenues (excluding depreciation and amortization expense). Adjusted Gross Margin is included as a supplemental disclosure because it is a primary measure used by our management as it represents the results of revenue and costs (excluding depreciation and amortization expense), which are key components of our operations. Adjusted Gross Margin differs from gross margin, in that gross margin includes depreciation and amortization expense. We believe Adjusted Gross Margin is important because it focuses on the current operating performance of our operations and excludes the impact of the prior historical costs of the assets acquired or constructed that are utilized in those operations. Depreciation and amortization expense does not accurately reflect the costs required to maintain and replenish the operational usage of our assets and therefore may not portray the costs from current operating activity. Rather, depreciation and amortization expense reflects the systematic allocation of historical property and equipment costs over their estimated useful lives.

    Adjusted Gross Margin has certain material limitations associated with its use as compared to gross margin. These limitations are primarily due to the exclusion of depreciation and amortization expense, which is material to our results of operations. Because we use capital assets, depreciation and amortization expense is a necessary element of our costs and our ability to generate revenue. In order to compensate for these limitations, management uses this non-GAAP measure as a supplemental measure to other GAAP results to provide a more complete understanding of our performance. As an indicator of our operating performance, Adjusted Gross Margin should not be considered an alternative to, or more meaningful than, gross margin as determined in accordance with GAAP. Our Adjusted Gross Margin may not be comparable to a similarly titled measure of another company because other entities may not calculate Adjusted Gross Margin in the same manner.

    The following table shows gross margin, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, and reconciles it to Adjusted Gross Margin:

      Three months ended
      March 31, 2024 June 30, 2024 September 30, 2024 December 31, 2024 March 31, 2025
      (in thousands)
    Total revenue $              36,907 $              38,491 $                    40,686 $                 40,658 $              41,383
    Costs of revenue, exclusive of depreciation                (15,794)                (17,489)                     (17,794)                   (17,679)                (17,127)
    Depreciation allocable to costs of revenue                  (6,936)                  (7,572)                       (7,956)                     (8,349)                  (8,539)
    Gross margin                  14,177                  13,430                       14,936                    14,630                  15,717
    Depreciation allocable to costs of revenue                    6,936                    7,572                         7,956                       8,349                    8,539
    Adjusted Gross Margin $              21,113 $              21,002 $                    22,892 $                 22,979 $              24,256

    Non-GAAP Financial Measures – Adjusted EBITDA: “Adjusted EBITDA” is a non-GAAP financial measure that we define as net income (loss) before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, as well as an increase in inventory allowance, impairments, retirement of rental equipment, nonrecurring restructuring charges including severance and non-cash equity-classified stock-based compensation expenses. This term, as used and defined by us, may not be comparable to similarly titled measures employed by other companies and is not a measure of performance calculated in accordance with GAAP. Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for operating income, net income or loss, cash flows provided by operating, investing and financing activities, or other income or cash flow statement data prepared in accordance with GAAP. However, management believes Adjusted EBITDA is useful to an investor in evaluating our operating performance because: (i) it is widely used by investors in the energy industry to measure a company’s operating performance without regard to items excluded from the calculation of Adjusted EBITDA, which can vary substantially from company to company depending upon accounting methods and book value of assets, capital structure and the method by which assets were acquired, among other factors; (ii) it helps investors to more meaningfully evaluate and compare the results of our operations from period to period by removing the impact of our capital structure and asset base from our operating structure; (iii) it is used by our management for various purposes, including as a measure of operating performance, in presentations to our Board of Directors, and as a basis for strategic planning and forecasting.

    Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are as follows: (i) Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect all our cash expenditures, future requirements for capital expenditures, or contractual commitments; (ii) Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs; (iii) Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments on our debt and finance leases; and (iv) although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, and Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect any capital expenditures for such replacements.

    The following table reconciles our net income, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, to Adjusted EBITDA:

      Three months ended
      March 31, 2024   June 30, 2024   September 30, 2024   December 31, 2024   March 31, 2025
      (in thousands)
    Net income $               5,098                4,250   $                     5,014   $                    2,865   $                4,854
    Interest expense                  2,935                2,932                          3,045                         3,015                     3,170
    Income tax expense (benefit)                  1,479                1,294                          1,383                             283                     1,482
    Depreciation and amortization                  7,087                7,705                          8,086                         8,469                     8,636
    Impairments                        —                      —                             136                             705                           —
    Inventory allowance                        —                      —                                —                         1,863                           61
    Retirement of rental equipment                          5                      —                                —                               23                         728
    Severance and restructuring                        —                      33                                —                               —                           —
    Stock-based compensation                      274                    242                             522                             783                         359
    Adjusted EBITDA $             16,878   $         16,456   $                  18,186   $                  18,006   $              19,290

    Conference Call Details: The Company will host a conference call to review its fourth-quarter and year-end financial results on Tuesday, May 13, 2025 at 8:30 a.m. (EST), 7:30 a.m. (CST). To join the conference call, kindly access the Investor Relations section of our website at www.ngsgi.com or dial in at (800) 550-9745 and enter conference ID 167298 at least five minutes prior to the scheduled start time. Please note that using the provided dial-in number is necessary for participation in the Q&A section of the call. A recording of the conference will be made available on our Company’s website following its conclusion. Thank you for your interest in our Company’s updates.

    About Natural Gas Services Group, Inc. (NGS): Natural Gas Services Group is a leading provider of natural gas compression equipment, technology and services to the energy industry. The Company designs, rents, sells and maintains natural gas compressors for oil and natural gas production and plant facilities, primarily using equipment from third-party fabricators and OEM suppliers along with limited in-house assembly. The Company is headquartered in Midland, Texas, with a fabrication facility located in Tulsa, Oklahoma, and service facilities located in major oil and natural gas producing basins in the U.S. Additional information can be found at www.ngsgi.com.

    Forward-Looking Statements

    Certain statements herein (and oral statements made regarding the subjects of this release) constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the federal securities laws. Words such as “may,” “might,” “should,” “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “continue,” “predict,” “forecast,” “project,” “plan,” “intend” or similar expressions, or statements regarding intent, belief, or current expectations, are forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are based upon current estimates and assumptions.

    These forward–looking statements rely on a number of assumptions concerning future events and are subject to a number of uncertainties and factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from such statements, many of which are outside the control of the Company. Forward–looking information includes, but is not limited to statements regarding: guidance or estimates related to EBITDA growth, projected capital expenditures; returns on invested capital, fundamentals of the compression industry and related oil and gas industry, valuations, compressor demand assumptions and overall industry outlook, and the ability of the Company to capitalize on any potential opportunities.
    While the Company believes that the assumptions concerning future events are reasonable, investors are cautioned that there are inherent difficulties in predicting certain important factors that could impact the future performance or results of its business. Some of these factors that could cause results to differ materially from those indicated by such forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:

    • conditions in the oil and gas industry, including the supply and demand for oil and gas and volatility in the prices of oil and gas;
    • changes in general economic and financial conditions, inflationary pressures, the potential for economic recession in the U.S., tariffs and trade restrictions, including the imposition of new and higher tariffs on imported goods and retaliatory tariffs implemented by other countries on U.S. goods, and the potential effects on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows;
    • our reliance on major customers;
    • failure of projected organic growth due to adverse changes in the oil and gas industry, including depressed oil and gas prices, oppressive environmental regulations and competition;
    • our inability to achieve increased utilization of assets, including rental fleet utilization and monetizing other non-cash balance sheet assets;
    • failure of our customers to continue to rent equipment after expiration of the primary rental term;
    • our ability to economically develop and deploy new technologies and services, including technology to comply with health and environmental laws and regulations;
    • failure to achieve accretive financial results in connection with any acquisitions we may make;
    • fluctuations in interest rates;
    • changes in regulation or prohibition of new or current well completion techniques;
    • competition among the various providers of compression services and products;
    • changes in safety, health and environmental regulations;
    • changes in economic or political conditions in the markets in which we operate;
    • the inherent risks associated with our operations, such as equipment defects, malfunctions, natural disasters and adverse changes in customer, employee and supplier relationships;
    • our inability to comply with covenants in our debt agreements and the decreased financial flexibility associated with our debt;
    • inability to finance our future capital requirements and availability of financing;
    • capacity availability, costs and performance of our outsourced compressor fabrication providers and overall inflationary pressures;
    • impacts of world events, such as acts of terrorism and significant economic disruptions and adverse consequences resulting from possible long-term effects of potential pandemics and other public health crises; and
    • general economic conditions.

    In addition, these forward-looking statements are subject to other various risks and uncertainties, including without limitation those set forth in the Company’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024. Thus, actual results could be materially different. The Company expressly disclaims any obligation to update or alter statements whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.

    Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024. Thus, actual results could be materially different. The Company expressly disclaims any obligation to update or alter statements whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.

    For More Information, Contact:
    Anna Delgado, Investor Relations
    (432) 262-2700
    IR@ngsgi.com
    www.ngsgi.com

     NATURAL GAS SERVICES GROUP, INC.
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
    (in thousands, except par value)
    (unaudited)
           
      March 31,
    2025
      December 31, 2024
    ASSETS      
    Current Assets:      
    Cash and cash equivalents $                2,147   $                2,142
    Trade accounts receivable, net of provision for credit losses                 15,415                   15,626
    Inventory, net of allowance for obsolescence                 17,343                   18,051
    Federal income tax receivable                 11,263                   11,282
    Prepaid expenses and other                      992                     1,075
    Total current assets                 47,160                   48,176
    Long-term inventory, net of allowance for obsolescence                         —                           —
    Rental equipment, net of accumulated depreciation               424,856                 415,021
    Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation                 23,570                   22,989
    Other assets                   6,105                     6,342
    Total assets $           501,691   $           492,528
    LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY      
    Current Liabilities:      
    Accounts payable $             14,977   $                9,670
    Accrued liabilities                   7,468                     7,688
    Total current liabilities                 22,445                   17,358
    Long-term debt               168,000                 170,000
    Deferred income taxes                 47,323                   45,873
    Other long-term liabilities                   3,659                     4,240
    Total liabilities               241,427                 237,471
    Commitments and contingencies      
    Stockholders’ Equity:      
    Preferred stock                         —                           —
    Common stock, 30,000 shares authorized, par value $0.01; 13,784 and 13,762 shares issued, respectively                      138                        138
    Additional paid-in capital               118,768                 118,415
    Retained earnings               156,362                 151,508
    Treasury shares, at cost, 1,310 shares for each of the dates presented, respectively               (15,004)                 (15,004)
    Total stockholders’ equity               260,264                 255,057
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $           501,691   $           492,528
    NATURAL GAS SERVICES GROUP, INC.
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
    (in thousands, except earnings per share)
    (unaudited)
       
      Three months ended
      March 31,
      2025   2024
    Revenue:      
    Rental $             38,910   $             33,734
    Sales                   1,927                     2,503
    Aftermarket services                      546                        670
    Total revenue                 41,383                   36,907
    Cost of revenue (excluding depreciation and amortization):      
    Rental                 14,840                   13,114
    Sales                   2,016                     2,180
    Aftermarket services                      271                        500
    Total cost of revenues (excluding depreciation and amortization)                 17,127                   15,794
    Selling, general and administrative expense                   5,378                     4,702
    Depreciation and amortization                   8,636                     7,087
    Inventory allowance                         61                           —
    Retirement of rental equipment                      728                             5
    Gain on sale of assets, net                       (54)                           —
    Total operating costs and expenses                 31,876                   27,588
    Operating income                   9,507                     9,319
    Other income (expense):      
    Interest expense                 (3,170)                   (2,935)
    Other income (expense)                         (1)                        193
    Total other income (expense), net                 (3,171)                   (2,742)
    Income before income taxes                   6,336                     6,577
    Provision for income taxes                 (1,482)                   (1,479)
    Net income $                4,854   $                5,098
    Earnings per share:      
    Basic                     0.39                       0.41
    Diluted                     0.38                       0.41
    Weighted average shares outstanding:      
    Basic                 12,462                   12,380
    Diluted                 12,611                   12,465
    NATURAL GAS SERVICES GROUP, INC.
    CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
    (in thousands)
    (unaudited)
      Three months ended
      March 31,
      2025   2024
    CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:      
    Net income $             4,854   $             5,098
    Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:      
    Depreciation and amortization                 8,636                   7,087
    Inventory allowance                      61                        —
    Retirement of rental equipment                    728                          5
    Gain on sale of assets, net                    (54)                        —
    Amortization of debt issuance costs                    212                      150
    Deferred income taxes                 1,450                   1,456
    Stock-based compensation                    359                      274
    Provision for credit losses                    208                      110
    Loss (gain) on company owned life insurance                      17                    (184)
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities:      
    Trade accounts receivables                        3                 (3,265)
    Inventory                    647                   2,650
    Prepaid expenses and prepaid income taxes                      64                      250
    Accounts payable and accrued liabilities                 4,617                 (8,380)
    Other                  (535)                      358
    NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES              21,267                   5,609
    CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:      
    Purchase of rental equipment, property and other equipment             (19,256)               (10,932)
    Purchase of company owned life insurance                      —                         (9)
    NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES             (19,256)               (10,941)
    CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:      
    Proceeds from credit facility borrowings                 6,000                   8,000
    Repayments of credit facility borrowings               (8,000)                        —
    Payments of other long-term liabilities                      —                    (175)
    Taxes paid related to net share settlement of equity awards                       (6)                        —
    NET CASH (USED IN) PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES               (2,006)                   7,825
    NET CHANGE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS                        5                   2,493
    CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD                 2,142                   2,746
    CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD $             2,147   $             5,239
    SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:      
    Interest paid $             3,510   $             6,220
    Income taxes paid $                   16   $                   —
    NON-CASH TRANSACTIONS      
    Accrued purchases of property and equipment $                 524   $                   —
    Right of use asset acquired through an finance lease $                   —   $                 532

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI Security: Environmental Crimes Bulletin – April 2025

    Source: United States Attorneys General

    View All Environmental Crimes Bulletins


    In This Issue:


    Cases by District/Circuit


    District/Circuit Case Name Conduct/Statute(s)
    District of Alaska United States v. Jason Christenson Tampering with a Monitoring Device/Clean Air Act
    United States v. Matanuska Diesel, LLC, et al. Tampering with a Monitoring Device/ Clean Air Act, Conspiracy
    Western District of Arkansas United States v. Redemption Repairs & Performance Tampering with a Monitoring Device/Clean Air Act
    Southern District of California United States v. Dumitru Cicai Pesticide Smuggling
    United States v. Sarmad Ghaled Dafer, et al. Monkey Smuggling/ Conspiracy
    Southern District of Florida United States v. Royce Gillham Biofuel Credits/Conspiracy, False Claims, Wire Fraud
    Southern District of Georgia United States v. Justin Taylor Tampering with a Monitoring Device/Conspiracy, Tax
    District of Maryland United States v. Idrissa Bagayoko Pesticide Sales/FIFRA, HMTA
    District of Massachusetts United States v. John D. Murphy Dog Fighting/Animal Welfare Act
    Eastern District of Michigan United States v. Tribar Technologies, Inc. Wastewater Discharges/Clean Water Act
    District of Montana United States v. Mold Wranglers, et al. Lead Paint Abatement/False Claims Act/Toxic Substances Control Act, Knowing Endangerment
    United States v. Melanie Ann Carlin Lead Paint Disclosures/Toxic Substances Control Act
    District of New Jersey United States v. Johnnie Lee Nelson, et al. Dog Fighting/Animal Fighting Venture, Conspiracy
    United States v. Antonio Pereira, et al. Scallop Harvesting/ Conspiracy, Obstruction
    Eastern District of New York United States v. Charles Limmer Butterfly Smuggling/ Conspiracy
    United States v. John Waldrop, et al. Bird Mounts/Conspiracy, Endangered Species Act
    Southern District of New York United States v. Jose Correa Asbestos Removal/Clean Air Act
    District of Oregon United States v. Chamness Dirt Works, Inc., et al. Asbestos Removal/Clean Air Act
    United States v. J.H. Baxter & Co., Inc. et al. Hazardous Waste Treatment and Emissions/Clean Air Act, Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, False Statement
    Middle District of Pennsylvania United States v. Ryan Spencer Tampering with a Monitoring Device/Clean Air Act, Conspiracy
    Western District of Pennsylvania United States v. Dale A. Smith Ginseng Sales/ Conspiracy, Lacey Act
    District of Rhode Island United States v. Onill Vasquez Lozada, et al. Cockfighting/Animal Welfare Act
    District of South Carolina United States v. Lauren DeLoach Sperm Whale Teeth and Bones/Lacey Act, Marine Mammal Protection Act
    Northern District of Texas United States v. Dlubak Glass Company Hazardous Waste Storage/False Statement
    Southern District of Texas United States v. Priscilla Sanchez Monkey Smuggling/Lacey Act
    Western District of Texas United States v. Aghorn Operating, Inc., et al. Employee Death/Clean Air Act, False Statement, Safe Drinking Water Act, Worker Safety
    Western District of Virginia United States v. Coby Brummett Ginseng Digging/ Unauthorized Removal Natural Product from Park
    Eastern District of Washington United States v. Pavel Ivanovich Turlak, et al. Tampering with a Monitoring Device/Clean Air Act, Conspiracy, False Claims, Wire Fraud
    Western District of Washington United States v. Joel David Ridley Eagle Killing/Bald and Golden Eagle Protection Act, Firearm
    Northern District of West Virginia United States v. Michael Kandis Reptile Trafficking/Lacey Act

    Recently Charged


    United States v. Ryan Spencer

    • No. 1:25-CR-00100 (Middle District of Pennsylvania)
    • ECS Senior Trial Attorneys RJ Powers and Ron Sarachan
    • AUSA David Williams

    On April 4, 2025, prosecutors filed an information charging Ryan Spencer with conspiring to impede the lawful functions of the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) and to violate the Clean Air Act (CAA), as well as substantive CAA violations (18 U.S.C. § 371; 42 U.S.C. § 7413(c)(2)(C)).

    Between 2013 and March 2024, Spencer, a Service Manager at Pro Diesel Werks, LLC, along with Pro Diesel Werks owner Roy Ladell Weaver and others, disabled the hardware emissions control systems on the diesel vehicles of Pro Diesel Werks’ customers (a practice referred to as a “delete” or “deleting”), defeating the systems’ ability to reduce pollutant gases and particulate matter emitted into the atmosphere. The information further alleges that Spencer and his co-conspirators also tampered with the emissions diagnostic systems on the vehicles to prevent the diagnostic system software from monitoring the emission control system hardware deletes (a practice referred to as a “tune” or “tuning”).

    On February 19, 2025, a grand jury indicted Weaver and Pro Diesel Werks on similar charges.

    The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Criminal Investigation Division conducted the investigation.

    Related Press Release: Middle District of Pennsylvania | Dauphin County Man Charged With Violations of Clean Air Act and Conspiring to Defraud the United States and Violate the Clean Air Act | United States Department of Justice


    United States v. Joel David Ridley

    • No. 2:25-mj-00175 (Western District of Washington)
    • AUSA Celia Ann Lee

    On April 7, 2025, a court unsealed a complaint charging Joel David Ridley, a member of the Lummi Nation, with violating the Bald and Golden Eagle Protection Act and for illegally possessing a firearm (16 U.S.C. § 668(a); 18 U.S.C. 922(g)(1)).

    According to the complaint, on February 23, 2025, a witness on the Lummi Reservation heard a gunshot while walking his dog. As he walked home, the witness heard a second shot and saw a person pick up an eagle from the ground. As the witness was on the phone with police, he saw another eagle fall from a tree on his property. The eagle was badly injured. Police captured the surviving eagle and later transported it to the Humane Society.

    Shortly after meeting with the witness, police encountered an SUV in the area that matched the description provided by the reporting party.  A records check revealed the vehicle belonged to Ridley. When police responded to the residence, they observed a dead eagle in the back seat of Ridley’s vehicle.

    Police obtained a search warrant for Ridley’s vehicle and found a dead eagle and a .22 caliber Savage rifle concealed between the rear seats. Ridely is prohibited from possessing firearms due to a prior conviction.

    Both juvenile bald eagles were taken to the Washington State Humane Society and found to have suffered gunshot wounds. The surviving eagle had to be euthanized.

    While the Lummi Tribe is permitted to possess, distribute, and transport bald or golden eagles found dead within Indian Country, the permit does not authorize the taking of eagles by gunshot, poison, or trapping.

    The Lummi Nation Police Department and the Federal Bureau of Investigation conducted the investigation.

    Related Press Release: Western District of Washington | Member of Lummi Nation charged federally with illegal firearms possession and killing protected bald eagles | United States Department of Justice


    United States v. Dumitru Cicai

    • No. 3:25-mj-01628 (Southern District of California)
    • AUSA Emily Allen

    On April 8, 2025, prosecutors filed a complaint charging Dumitru Cicai with smuggling twenty-four one-liter bottles of “Taktic” pesticide into the United States (18 U.S.C. § 545).

    On March 31, 2025, Cicai drove into the United States at the San Ysidro Port of Entry. Cicai told the Customs and Border Patrol (CBP) primary inspection officer that he had nothing to declare. Upon inspecting the vehicle, the primary officer discovered multiple pieces of natural wood branches in the vehicle’s trunk and large bottles concealed in black bags.

    When questioned by the secondary CBP officer, Cicai said he only had wood to declare, nothing else. Upon closer inspection, officers found 24 bottles of pesticide labeled “Taktic.”

    “Taktic” contains the active ingredient amitraz at an emulsifiable concentration of 12.5 percent. Under U.S. Environmental Protection Agency regulations, amitraz in this form is a cancelled and unregistered pesticide in the United States.

    The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Criminal Investigation Division and Homeland Security Investigations conducted the investigation. 


    United States v. Jason Christenson

    • No. 3:25-CR-00030 (District of Alaska)
    • AUSA Ainsley McNerney
    • RCEC Karla Perrin

    On April 25, 2025, prosecutors filed an information charging Jason Christenson with tampering with a Clean Air Act (CAA) monitoring device and CAA false statements (42 U.S.C. §§ 7413(c)(2)(C), (c)(2)(A)).

    Between October 2019 and March 2024, Christenson tampered with monitoring methods required to be maintained under the CAA by altering the emissions control equipment on approximately 170 diesel trucks. Christenson and his business, Elite Diesel Performance, also modified the onboard diagnostic systems of the vehicles to prevent them from detecting the fact that this equipment had been removed.

    On May 1, 2021, Christenson submitted a response to a Request for Information sent by the Environmental Protection Agency that contained false statements. Specifically, for the question asking whether he or his business had manufactured, sold, or installed any defeat devices, Christenson responded ‘no.’ In truth, he had installed more than 100 defeat devices on diesel trucks between January 2019 and January 2021.

    The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Criminal Investigation Division conducted the investigation.


    Guilty Pleas


    United States v. Priscilla Sanchez

    • No. 5:25-CR-00254 (Southern District of Texas)
    • AUSA Torie Sailor

    On April 1, 2025, Priscilla Sanchez pleaded guilty to violating the Lacey Act for attempting to import five spider monkeys, a protected species, into the United States from Mexico (16 U.S.C. §§ 3372(a)(2), 3373(d)(1)(A)). Sentencing is scheduled for July 1, 2025.

    On January 13, 2025, Sanchez attempted to enter the U.S. at the Port of Entry, near Laredo, Texas, driving an SUV. Customs and Border Protection officers referred her to secondary screening. Officers discovered a duffle bag with five monkeys wearing diapers concealed inside of it. Authorities confirmed they were spider monkeys, which are protected by the Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species. Sanchez admitted to keeping monkeys at her house and selling them for between $300 and $500 each. She also knew it was illegal to do so.

    The U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service Office of Law Enforcement, Homeland Security Investigations, and Customs and Border Protection conducted the investigation.

    Case photo of monkeys seized by CBP agents.


    United States v. Lauren DeLoach

    • No. 9:25-CR-00164 (District of South Carolina)
    • ECS Senior Trial Attorney Ryan Connors
    • AUSA Winston Holliday
    • AUSA Elle Klein

    On April 10, 2025, Lauren DeLoach pleaded guilty to violating the Marine Mammal Protection Act and Lacey Act trafficking for importing and selling sperm whale teeth and bones (16 U.S.C. §§ 1372(a)(4)(B), 3372(a)(1), 3373(b)(1)(B)).

    DeLoach operated a home decoration store in St. Helena Island, South Carolina. Between September 2021 and September 2024, he imported sperm whale parts to South Carolina, with at least 30 shipments coming from Australia, Latvia, Norway, and Ukraine. DeLoach instructed suppliers to label the items as “plastic” or “resin” so they would not be seized by U.S. Customs authorities. DeLoach acknowledged selling the teeth and bones from July 2022 through September 2024, in violation of the Lacey Act. He sold at least 85 items on eBay worth more than $18,000, and agents seized approximately $20,000 worth of sperm whale parts from DeLoach’s residence while executing a search warrant.

    Laboratory analysis confirmed the teeth and bones belonged to sperm whales, which are a protected species.

    The U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service Office of Law Enforcement and the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration conducted the investigation.

    Related Press Release: District of South Carolina | South Carolina Man Pleads Guilty for Illegally Importing and Selling Sperm Whale Teeth and Bones | United States Department of Justice


    United States v. Dale A. Smith

    • No. 1:21-CR-00031 (Western District of Pennsylvania)
    • AUSA Paul Sellers

    On April 21, 2025, Dale A. Smith pleaded guilty to conspiracy and to violating the Lacey Act for illegally purchasing American ginseng (18 U.S.C. § 371; 16 U.S.C. §§ 3372(a)(2)(B), 3373(d)(l)(B)).

    As the owner and operator of Alleghany Mountain Ginseng, Smith possessed licenses to deal wild American ginseng in Pennsylvania and New York. Between September 2018 and January 2020, he purchased wild ginseng in Pennsylvania from buyers who informed him that they harvested it from New York without required certifications. Smith then submitted falsified Ginseng Dealer Quarterly Reports stating he purchased legally harvested ginseng from Pennsylvania, when in fact the ginseng came from New York.

    The United States Fish and Wildlife Service Office of Law Enforcement conducted the investigation.


    United States v. Matanuska Diesel, LLC, et al.

    • No. 3:23-CR-00109 (District of Alaska)
    • AUSA Jennifer Ivers
    • RCEC Karla Perrin

    On April 23, 2025, Brendan Trevors entered into a pretrial diversion agreement, pleading guilty to conspiracy to violate the Clean Air Act (18 U.S.C. § 371). The charge will be dismissed in 18 months if Trevors complies with all the conditions in the agreement. This includes paying a $16,000 fine and restoring his vehicle back to original emission control parameters.

    Between July 2020 and June 2022, Matanuska Diesel, LLC, company owner Mackenzie Spurlock, and former co-owner Trevors, removed air pollution control equipment and tampered with federally mandated monitoring devices on diesel vehicles. The process of removing emissions control systems and reprogramming a vehicle’s onboard diagnostic system is known as “deleting” and “tuning.” These unlawful modifications result in a significant increase in pollutants emitted by the vehicle. The defendants tampered with approximately nine trucks, charging between $1,200 and $5,000 for those services.

    Matanuska and Spurlock are scheduled for trial to begin on October 20, 2025, for conspiring to violate the CAA and multiple substantive CAA violations (18 U.S.C. § 371; 42 U.S.C. § 7413(c)(2)(C)).

    The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Criminal Investigation Division conducted the investigation.


    United States v. Onill Vasquez Lozada, et al.

    • No. 1:24-CR-00075 (District of Rhode Island)
    • ECS Assistant Chief Stephen DaPonte
    • ECS Senior Trial Attorney Gary Donner
    • AUSA John McAdams

    On April 29, 2025, Onill Vasquez Lozada pleaded guilty to two counts of possessing, sponsoring, and exhibiting birds in an animal fighting venture in violation of the Animal Welfare Act (7 U.S.C. § 2156(a)(1), (b), (d); 18 U.S.C. § 49(a)). Sentencing is scheduled for July 29, 2025.

    Lozada is one of six defendants charged with violating the Animal Welfare Act in connection with a cockfighting operation. According to the indictment, on March 6, 2022, Miguel Delgado hosted a series of individual cockfights, known as “derbies,” at his Providence home. Delgado is also charged with sponsoring and exhibiting roosters in an animal fighting venture on multiple dates, buying and transporting sharp instruments, or “gaffs,” for use in the cockfights, and unlawfully possessing roosters for use in an animal fighting venture.

    Antonio Ledee Rivera and Lozada were charged with unlawfully possessing roosters in April 2021 for use in an animal fighting venture and for sponsoring and exhibiting roosters at a March 2022 derby at Delgado’ s home. Rivera was also charged in connection with an earlier derby at Delgado’ s home.

    Germidez Kingsley Jamie, Jose Rivera, and Luis Castillo are charged with sponsoring and exhibiting roosters at an animal fighting venture at the March 2022 derby. Jamie and Jose Rivera are also charged with one count of buying and transporting gaffs for use in an animal fighting venture.

    The Department of Agriculture Office of Inspector General, the Postal Inspection Service, the Food and Drug Administration Office of Criminal Investigation, and the Rhode Island Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Animals conducted the investigation. The following agencies also assisted: the U.S. Marshals Service; the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service Office of Law Enforcement; U.S. Customs and Border Protection; Rhode Island State Police; Massachusetts State Police; Animal Rescue League of Boston’s Law Enforcement Division; and Providence, Woonsocket, and Attleboro, MA, Police Departments.


    United States v. Michael Kandis

    • No. 5:25-CR-00005 (Northern District of West Virginia)
    • ECS Trial Attorney Lauren Steele
    • AUSA Max Nogay

    On April 30, 2025, Michael Kandis pleaded guilty to a Lacey Act Trafficking offense (16 U.S.C. §§ 3372(a)(2)(A), 3373(d)(2)).

    Kandis is a reptile dealer in Wheeling, West Virginia. Indiana Department of Natural Resources (IDNR) conservation officers became acquainted with Kandis through a long-term investigation in which they operated in a covert capacity at various reptile shows throughout the Midwest.

    During their investigation, the IDNR officers conducted several wildlife transactions involving Kandis. In October 2019, Kandis purchased 47 snakes from undercover officers, 25 of which were bullsnakes, for a total price of $1,415. The sale was conducted in Noblesville, Indiana. Bullsnakes are a native species in Indiana, and it is illegal to sell them under Indiana law. Kandis later transported the snakes from Indiana to West Virginia to sell.

    The U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service Office of Law Enforcement and the Indiana Department of Natural Resources conducted the investigation.


    Sentencings


    United States v. Pavel Ivanovich Turlak, et al.

    • No. 2:24-CR-00057 (Eastern District of Washington)
    • AUSA Dan Fruchter
    • AUSA Jacob Brooks
    • RCEC Gwendolyn Brooks

    On April 2, 2025, a court sentenced Pavel Ivanovich Turlak, and his Spokane-based trucking companies: PT Express, LLC; Spokane Truck Service, LLC; and Pauls Trans, LLC. They previously pleaded guilty to conspiring to illegally violate Clean Air Act (CAA) emissions controls and to fraudulently obtaining hundreds of thousands of dollars in COVID-19 relief funding (42 U.S.C. § 7413 (c)(2)(C);18 U.S.C. §§ 371, 1343, 287). All defendants will complete five-year terms of probation, with the companies subject to an environmental compliance plan. All defendants are jointly and severally responsible for $317,389 in restitution to the Small Business Administration.

    Between August 2017 and November 2023, Turlak purchased illegal “delete tune” packages from Ryan Hugh Milliken and his company, Hardaway Solutions, LLC. They designed this software to disable and defeat emissions controls and monitoring systems required under the CAA. Turlak loaded the delete tunes into the trucks used by his own businesses, as well as trucks of co-conspirators who were customers of Spokane Truck Service, LLC. Milliken created and sold custom software delete tunes to Turlak for vehicles based on specifications Turlak outlined. Turlak then charged as much as $3,500 to diesel truck owners to “delete” and “tune” their vehicles by tampering with their pollution monitoring devices.

    In addition to violating the CAA, Turlak fraudulently obtained hundreds of thousands of dollars in COVID-19 relief funding. Between March 2020 and August 2021, Turlak fraudulently applied for and received more than $300,000 in federal funding that was designated to go to eligible small businesses during the pandemic. Turlak and his businesses were not eligible to receive this funding due to their ongoing participation in this criminal conspiracy.

    Milliken and Hardaway Solutions pleaded guilty in November 2024 to conspiracy and to violating the CAA (18 U.S.C. § 371; 42 U.S.C. § 7413(c)(2)(C)). They were sentenced in January 2025 to complete five-year terms of probation, during which the company will be responsible for implementing an environmental compliance plan. Both defendants are jointly and severally responsible for paying a $75,000 fine.

    The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Criminal Investigation Division conducted the investigation with assistance from the EPA National Enforcement Investigations Center, the Small Business Administration Office of Inspector General, and the Spokane Police Department.


    United States v. Charles Limmer

    • No. 1:23-CR-00405 (Eastern District of New York)
    • AUSA Sean M. Sherman

    On April 3, 2025, a court sentenced Charles Limmer to two years of home detention. Limmer pleaded guilty to conspiracy after prosecutors charged him with Endangered Species Act, Lacey Act, and smuggling violations for trafficking in numerous specimens of butterflies (18 U.S.C. § 371). This protected species is known as “birdwings” due to their exceptional size, angular wings, and birdlike flight. As part of the plea, Limmer forfeited 1,600 specimens.

    Limmer obtained a license in 2016 to import and export wildlife.  After Limmer and his business violated numerous import/export regulations, the Fish and Wildlife Service suspended his license.

    Between October 2022 and September 2023, Limmer and others imported and exported at least 59 illegal shipments containing wildlife, valued at approximately $216,000. They falsely labelled the wildlife as “decorative wall coverings” or “origami paper creations.”

    The U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service Office of Law Enforcement conducted the investigation.


    United States v. Idrissa Bagayoko

    • No. 1:23-CR-00265 (District of Maryland)
    • AUSA Kimberly Phillips
    • RCEC Kertisha Dixon
    • RCEC David Lastra

    On April 3, 2025, a court sentenced Idrissa Bagayoko to time served, followed by one year of supervised release to include three months’ home confinement for transporting and selling unregistered pesticides. Bagayoko also will pay $5,640 in restitution to reimburse the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) for the cost of destroying unregistered pesticides.

    A jury convicted Bagayoko in November 2024 on two counts for transporting and selling the unregistered pesticide Sniper DDVP. The jury found Bagayoko guilty of violating the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA) and the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act (HMTA) (7 U.S.C. §§ 136j(a)(1) (A), 136l(b)(1)(B); 49 U.S.C. § 5124).

    Bagayoko owned and operated Maliba Trading, LLC. According to evidence presented at trial, on September 29, 2021, Bagayoko drove from New York to Maryland and sold two boxes of Sniper DDVP to an individual in Maryland. Police later stopped Bagayoko in Elkton, Maryland, with 18 additional boxes of Sniper DDVP containing a total of 1,728 bottles.

    Samples taken from the bottles revealed the presence of dichlorvos. EPA has classified dichlorvos as a probable human carcinogen. In total, the defendant transported more than 330 pounds of dichlorvos (a reportable quantity) without requisite shipping papers.

    The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Criminal Investigation Division, the U.S. Department of Transportation Office of Inspector General, and the Elkton Maryland Police Department conducted the investigation.

    Related Press Release: District of Maryland | New York Business Owner Sentenced for Illegally Transporting and Selling Probable Carcinogen | United States Department of Justice


    United States v. Redemption Repairs & Performance

    • No. 4:24-CR-40016 (Western District of Arkansas)
    • AUSA Sydney Stanley

    On April 3, 2025, a court sentenced Redemption Repairs & Performance (RRP) to pay a $50,000 fine and complete a three-year term of probation.

    RRP pleaded guilty to violating the Clean Air Act (CAA) for modifying and deleting the emissions control systems of diesel engines and tampering with and rendering inaccurate the vehicles’ onboard diagnostic (OBD) systems (42 U.S.C § 7413(c)(2)(C)).

    RRP is a truck repair shop specializing in diesel engine repairs and performance located in Texarkana, Arkansas. Between May 2020 and October 2022, the company falsified, tampered with, and rendered inaccurate monitoring devices required to be maintained and followed under the CAA. After removing or altering the emission control equipment on diesel trucks, RRP modified the diesel trucks’ OBD systems to prevent detection of the removal and disabling of the equipment. The company performed this service on approximately 50 vehicles, charging between $2,600-$2,700 per truck.

    The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Criminal Investigation Division conducted the investigation. 


    United States v. Chamness Dirt Works, Inc., et al.

    • No. 3:24-CR-00430 (District of Oregon)
    • AUSA Bryan Chinwuba
    • RCEC Karla Perrin

    On April 3, 2025, a court sentenced Ryan Richter, Ronald Chamness, Horseshoe Grove, LLC, and Chamness Dirt Works, Inc., for violations of the Clean Air Act (CAA).

    Property management company Horseshoe Grove pleaded guilty to violating the CAA National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAP) for asbestos work practice standards (42 U.S.C. §§ 7412(h),7413(c)(1)). Horseshoe Grove’s owner and operator Ryan Richter pleaded guilty to a CAA negligent endangerment violation (42 U.S.C. § 7413(c)(4)). Construction and demolition company Chamness Dirt Works pleaded guilty to violating the CAA NESHAP for asbestos, and company owner and president, Ronald Chamness, pleaded guilty to a CAA negligent endangerment violation (42 U.S.C. § 7413(c)(4)).

    Horseshoe Grove and Chamness Dirt Works were sentenced to complete three-year terms of probation. Richter and Ronald Chamness were each sentenced to five-year terms of probation and ordered to remediate the impacted site in accordance with stipulated conditions of probation. No fine was sought against the parties due to the cost of remediating the site to remove any remaining asbestos. The approximate cost of the remediation was $175,000.

    In November 2022, Horseshoe Grove acquired a property in The Dalles, Oregon, which included a mobile home park and two dilapidated apartment buildings. The previous owner provided the new buyers with an asbestos survey from December 2021, which identified more than 5,000 square feet of friable chrysotile asbestos within the two deteriorating buildings, with levels ranging from two percent to 25 percent. The survey also noted non-friable asbestos in various building materials, including siding and flooring, throughout the apartments. Despite these findings, Horseshoe Grove failed to implement the necessary precautions for asbestos removal.

    In March 2023, Chamness Dirt Works began demolishing the two asbestos-laden structures without following proper removal procedures. Chamness did not engage a certified asbestos abatement contractor, did not wet the asbestos-containing debris, and dumped the material in a regular landfill.

    Horseshoe Grove paid Chamness Dirt Works a total of $49,330 for the demolition, which did not meet the required safety standards.

    The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Criminal Investigation Division conducted the investigation.


    United States v. John Waldrop, et al.

    • No. 1:23-CR-00378 (Eastern District of New York)
    • ECS Senior Trial Attorney Ryan Connors
    • AUSA Anna Karamigios

    On April 9, 2025, the court sentenced Dr. John Waldrop and Toney Jones for their involvement in the largest seizure of bird mounts in U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS) history. Waldrop pleaded guilty to conspiracy to smuggle wildlife and Endangered Species Act (ESA) violations. He was ordered to pay a $900,000 fine and will complete a three-year term of probation (18 U.S.C. § 371; 16 U.S.C. §§ 1538(e), 1540(b)(1)). This is one of the largest fines ever imposed in an ESA case. Jones was sentenced to complete a six-month term of probation for violating the ESA (16 U.S.C. §§ 1538(e), 1540(b)(1)).

    Over a period of five years, Waldrop illegally imported thousands of museum-quality taxidermy bird mounts and preserved eggs to build a personal collection. His collection of 1,401 taxidermy bird mounts and 2,594 eggs included:

    • Four eagles protected by the Bald and Golden Eagle Protection Act
    • 179 bird and 193 egg species listed in the Migratory Bird Treaty Act, and
    • 212 bird and 32 egg species protected by the Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species (CITES).

    This included extremely rare specimens such as three eggs from the Nordmann’s greenshank, an Asian shorebird with only 900 to 1,600 remaining birds in the wild.

    Between 2016 and 2020, Waldrop imported birds and eggs without the required declarations and permits. After USFWS inspectors at John F. Kennedy International Airport and elsewhere intercepted several shipments, Waldrop recruited Jones, who worked on his Georgia farm, to receive the packages. Jones also deposited approximately $525,000 in a bank account that Waldrop then used to pay for the imports and hide his involvement. Waldrop and Jones used online sales sites such as eBay and Etsy to buy birds and eggs from around the world, including Germany, Hungary, Iceland, Italy, Lithuania, Malta, Russia, South Africa, the United Kingdom, and Uruguay.

    In total, Waldrop spent more than $1.2 million to illegally build this collection. Pursuant to the plea agreement, Waldrop abandoned his collection, which was distributed to the USFWS forensic laboratory, the Smithsonian, and other museums and universities.

    The U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service Office of Law Enforcement conducted the investigation.

    Related Press Release: Office of Public Affairs | Two Men Sentenced in Largest-Ever Bird Mount Trafficking Case | United States Department of Justice


    United States v. John D. Murphy

    • No. 1:24-CR-10074 (District of Massachusetts)
    • ECS Senior Trial Attorney Matthew Morris
    • AUSA Danial Bennett
    • AUSA Kaitlin Brown
    • ECS Paralegal Jonah Fruchtman

    On April 9, 2025, a court sentenced John D. Murphy to nine months’ incarceration, and three months and one day of home confinement, followed by three years’ supervised release. Murphy was also ordered to pay a $10,000 fine. Murphy pleaded guilty to violating the Animal Welfare Act for possessing dogs to use in an animal fighting venture (7 U.S.C. § 2156(b)).

    Prosecutors charged Murphy after investigators identified him on recorded calls discussing dog fighting in a separate investigation. Subsequent court-authorized searches of his Facebook accounts revealed Murphy’s extensive involvement in dogfighting.

    On June 7, 2023, authorities executed a search warrant at Murphy’s residence and another home, seizing 13 pit bull-type dogs. Several dogs exhibited scarring consistent with animal fighting. Authorities also recovered equipment used in fights, including syringes, anabolic steroids, a skin stapler, forceps, and equipment and literature for training dogs.

    The investigation revealed that Murphy often communicated with other dogfighters via Facebook and posted dogfighting-related photos to his Facebook account. Additionally, Murphy posted videos depicting pit bull-type dogs tethered to treadmills commonly used to physically condition dogs for fighting.

    The U.S. Department of Agriculture Office of Inspector General conducted the investigation with assistance from the following agencies: Homeland Security Investigations; U.S. Customs and Border Protection; the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms, and Explosives; U.S. Coast Guard Investigative Service; U.S. Marshals Service; Maine State Police; New Hampshire State Police; Massachusetts Office of the State Auditor; Rhode Island Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Animals; and Police Departments in Hanson, Boston, and Acton, Massachusetts.

    Related Press Release: District of Massachusetts | Massachusetts Man Sentenced to More Than a Year in Prison for Dogfighting | United States Department of Justice


    United States v. Jose Correa

    • No. 1:24-CR-00685 (Southern District of New York)
    • AUSA Alexandra Rothman

    On April 10, 2025, a court sentenced Jose Correa to pay a $10,000 fine and complete a two-year term of probation. Correa pleaded guilty to violating the Clean Air Act for negligently releasing asbestos into the ambient air (42 U.S.C. § 7413(c)(4)).

    Between November and December 2022, Correa removed asbestos-containing floor tiles and mastic from a supermarket in Manhattan without hiring an asbestos abatement contractor. Instead, the material was removed by construction workers who were not provided with protective gear, thereby releasing asbestos into the ambient air and placing the workers in imminent danger of death and serious bodily injury.

    The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Criminal Investigation Division conducted the investigation.


    United States v. Coby Brummett

    • No. 1:24-PO-00040 (Western District of Virginia)
    • AUSA Corey Hall

    On April 11, 2025, a court sentenced Coby Brummett to 30 days’ incarceration with credit for time served. Brummett was also ordered to pay more than $6,200 in restitution for illegally digging and removing ginseng from within the boundaries of Cumberland Gap National Historical Park. Additionally, Brummett is banned from the Park for three years (36 C.F.R. § 2.1(c)(3)).

    An investigation by Park Service rangers determined that Brummett dug up more than 300 ginseng roots from within the confines of the park.

    The restitution will be paid to the National Park Service, which conducted the investigation.

    Related Press Release: Western District of Virginia | Virginia Man Sentenced for Ginseng Poaching at National Park | United States Department of Justice


    United States v. Royce Gillham

    • No. 2:24-CR-14046 (Southern District of Florida)
    • ECS Senior Trial Attorney Adam Cullman
    • AUSA Daniel Funk

    On April 11, 2025, a court ordered Royce Gillham to pay $2,857,029 in restitution to ACT Fuels.

    This is in addition to the court’s sentence of 37 months’ incarceration, followed by three years of supervised release, ordered on March 14, 2025. Gillham, the former general manager of a biofuel producer based in Fort Pierce, Florida, pleaded guilty to conspiring to commit wire fraud and conspiring to make false claims (18 U.S.C.§ 371).

    This biofuel company produced and sold renewable fuel and fuel credits and claimed to turn various feedstocks into biodiesel. When reporting the number of gallons produced to the Internal Revenue Service and the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), Gillham and his employer vastly overstated their production volume in an effort to generate more credits. When auditors sought more information from the company, Gillham and his co-conspirators gave them false information about their fuel production and customers.

    The scheme generated more than $7 million in fraudulent EPA renewable fuels credits and sought over $6 million in fraudulent tax credits connected to the purported production of biodiesel.

    ACT Fuels purchased the fraudulent fuel credits in question and had to buy replacement credits when authorities found that Gillham’s company produced fraudulent renewable identification numbers or RINs.

    The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Criminal Investigation Division and the Internal Revenue Service Criminal Investigations conducted the investigation.


    United States v. Mold Wranglers, et al.

    • No. 6:24-CR-00025 (District of Montana)
    • AUSA Ryan Weldon

    On April 14, 2025, a court sentenced Mold Wranglers, Inc., a Kalispell-based hazardous material mitigation company, to pay a $50,000 fine, and complete a two-year term of probation, to include an environmental compliance plan. The company also will pay $348,000 in restitution to the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs (VA). Mold Wranglers pleaded guilty to a False Claims Act conspiracy for filing false claims with the VA for lead paint abatement work that was never performed (18 U.S.C. § 286).

    Between 2018 and 2019, Mold Wranglers claimed it performed lead abatement work at the Freedom’s Path Fort Harrison facility. The project consisted of converting residential units for low-income veterans and their families. Mold Wranglers submitted documentation to the VA for work including painting over lead-based paint with encapsulating paint. However, the company failed to comply with federal regulations governing lead work, as its employees were not certified to handle lead, and it did not notify the Environmental Protection Agency of the work as required.

    Additionally, Mold Wranglers applied the encapsulating paint in a manner inconsistent with the manufacturer’s specifications.

    The agreement the company made with the VA specified it was not performing an actual abatement but merely “aesthetically repairing the paint and finishing the homes.” Despite this agreement, the company submitted 11 false payment requests, claiming to have performed lead abatement work, and received a total of $456,000 in federal funds for work that did not meet the necessary standards for lead abatement.

    The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Criminal Investigation Division and Office of Inspector General, The Department of Veterans Affairs, and the Department of Housing and Urban Development conducted the investigation.

    Related Press Release: District of Montana | Helena real estate agent convicted of felony and fined $150,000 for failing to provide lead-based paint disclosures for veterans residing in Fort Harrison rental housing | United States Department of Justice


    United States v. Melanie Ann Carlin

    • No. 6:24-CR-00024 (District of Montana)
    • AUSA Ryan Weldon

    On April 14, 2025, a court sentenced Melanie Ann Carlin to pay a $150,000 fine and complete a three-year term of probation. Carlin pleaded guilty to violating the knowing endangerment provision of the Toxic Substances Control Act for failing to provide required lead-based paint disclosures to veterans residing at Freedom’s Path Fort Harrison in Helena, Montana (15 U.S.C. § 2615(b)(2)(A)). Carlin’s actions led to the exposure of veterans and their families to dangerous levels of lead, a hazardous substance known to cause serious health issues, particularly for children.

    Carlin owns a property management company called 406 Properties, Inc. She was responsible for overseeing rental units at Freedom’s Path, a housing facility with units built prior to 1978. The facility provided affordable homes for veterans and their families. Between September 2019 and September 2021, Carlin knowingly failed to provide mandated lead disclosures. Carlin knew that the property was built before 1978, which meant that the presence of lead paint was likely.

    In 2019, after receiving an email from the Montana Department of Commerce about lead paint concerns, Carlin signed and submitted forms for the units, falsely indicating that they were either free of lead paint or built after 1978. Despite having first-hand knowledge that lead paint was present in the buildings, Carlin continued to neglect her duty to disclose this information to tenants.

    In September 2021, an 18-month-old child living in one of the units ingested lead paint chips.

    Subsequent medical tests revealed the child had dangerously high blood lead levels and required lead poisoning treatment. Carlin admitted to agents that she knew about the lead paint disclosure requirement but failed to give residents the required notice. Carlin’s failure to act placed veterans and their families at imminent risk of serious harm.

    The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Criminal Investigation Division, The Department of Veterans Affairs Office of Inspector General, and the Department of Housing and Urban Development conducted the investigation.

    Related Press Release: District of Montana | Helena real estate agent convicted of felony and fined $150,000 for failing to provide lead-based paint disclosures for veterans residing in Fort Harrison rental housing | United States Department of Justice


    United States v. Aghorn Operating, Inc., et al.

    On April 15, 2025, Aghorn Operating, Inc., Trent Day, and Kodiak Roustabout, Inc., entered guilty pleas and were sentenced in relation to Worker Safety, Clean Air Act (CAA) and Safe Drinking Water Act (SDWA) violations. Day pleaded guilty to a CAA negligent endangerment charge and was sentenced to serve five months’ incarceration, followed by one year of supervised release (42 U.S.C. § 7413(c)(4)). Aghorn pleaded guilty to CAA negligent endangerment and an Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) willful violation count for the death of an employee, Jacob Dean, and his wife, Natalee Dean (42 U.S.C. § 7413(c)(4); 29 U.S.C. § 666(e)). Aghorn was sentenced to pay a $1 million fine and complete a two-year term of probation. Kodiak pleaded guilty to making a materially false statement (18 U.S.C. §1001) regarding well integrity testing that is required under the SDWA and was sentenced to pay a $400,000 fine and complete a one-year term of probation.

    Aghorn owns and operates oil wells and leases in Texas. Kodiak performed oilfield support and maintenance services for Aghorn. Day was a vice president for both Aghorn and Kodiak. The CAA and OSHA charges stem from the defendants releasing hydrogen sulfide that caused the deaths of Aghorn employee, Jacob Dean, and his wife, Natalee Dean. Both victims were overcome by hydrogen sulfide at Aghorn’s facility in Odessa. Aghorn and Day later obstructed the investigation into the Deans’ deaths. The SDWA-related violation stems from false statements made by Kodiak regarding the mechanical integrity of Aghorn injection wells in forms and pressure charts filed with the State of Texas Railroad Commission. In addition to the fine, Aghorn will guarantee that at least 33 tests conducted for Aghorn wells during its year of probation are witnessed or conducted by a third party.

    The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Criminal Investigation Division conducted the investigation, with assistance from the Texas Railroad Commission, Ector County Environmental Enforcement, and the Odessa Fire Department.

    Related Press Release: Office of Public Affairs | Oilfield Company, Its Executive, and a Support Services Company Plead Guilty and Are Sentenced for Worker Safety, Clean Air Act, and Safe Drinking Water Act Violations Resulting in the Death of an Employee and His Spouse | United States Department of Justice


    United States v. Justin Taylor

    • No. 6:24-CR-00013 (Southern District of Georgia)
    • AUSA Darron J. Hubbard

    On April 15, 2025, a court sentenced Justin Taylor to complete a five-year term of probation and pay $279,642 in restitution to the Internal Revenue Service. Taylor pleaded guilty to conspiracy to tamper with a monitoring device and filing a fraudulent tax return (18 U.S.C. § 371; 26 U.S.C. § 7206(1)).

    Between January 2018 and January 2021, Taylor worked as a mechanic. Using a high-powered computer that supported diagnostic tools for heavy-duty logging equipment, Taylor performed emission-control “deletes” for more than 200 owners of diesel engines.

    The changes Taylor made to the emission controls on those machines disabled the electronic monitoring devices and methods required under the Clean Air Act. Taylor routinely charged $2,000 for this service, earning more than $1.2 million during this period while reporting only $166,853 in income.

    The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Criminal Investigation Division and the Internal Revenue Service Criminal Investigations conducted the investigation.


    United States v. Johnnie Lee Nelson, et al.

    • No. 1:23-CR-00787 (District of New Jersey)
    • ECS Senior Trial Attorney Ethan Eddy
    • AUSA Michelle Goldman

    On April 16, 2025, a court sentenced Johnnie Lee Nelson to complete a two-year term of probation to include one year of home confinement. Nelson also will perform 100 hours of community service. Nelson pleaded guilty to conspiracy to possess, train, and transport dogs for an animal fighting venture and to sponsor and exhibit dogs in an animal fighting venture (18 U.S.C. § 371).

    On March 23, 2019, officers responded to an emergency call at an auto body garage in Upper Deerfield Township, New Jersey. They found a fighting pit in the garage, along with two pit bull-type dogs, still fighting, that had been placed into an inoperable car on a lift in the garage as the participants fled on foot. The dogs later died from injuries they sustained while fighting. Officers also found an uninjured pit bull-type dog in a car just outside the garage, along with a rudimentary veterinary suture and skin staple kit in a bag.

    Evidence revealed that Nelson’s co-defendant, Tommy Watson, organized the fight, and that their dog was scheduled for the next fight on deck. They jointly possessed and trained this dog for this particular fight, as shown by cell phone video evidence. Nelson and Watson participated in a dog fighting operation they called “From Da Bottom Kennels.” From Da Bottom Kennels and others live-streamed dog fight videos from that garage via the Telegram app. Watson is scheduled for trial to begin on June 4, 2025.

    The U.S. Department of Agriculture Office of Inspector General, the Federal Bureau of Investigation, and Homeland Security Investigations conducted the investigation.


    United States v. Sarmad Ghaled Dafer, et al.

    • Nos. 3:24-CR-00615, 23-CR-01879 (Southern District of California)
    • AUSA Sabrina L. Feve
    • AUSA Robert Miller
    • Former AUSA Melanie Pierson

    On April 18, 2025, a court sentenced Sarmad Ghaled Dafer to four months’ incarceration, followed by three years’ supervised release, to include 180 days of home confinement. Dafer also will pay $23,502 in restitution to the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service to reimburse costs for quarantining three Mexican spider monkeys at the San Diego Zoo. Dafer is jointly and severally responsible along with co-defendant Sarkon Yonan Hanna for the restitution.

    On August 14, 2023, Customs and Border Protection (CBP) officers stopped a man and woman attempting to drive a van into the United States from Mexico. During an initial inspection, a CBP officer discovered an animal carrier hidden behind the rear seat that contained live monkeys. The CBP officer referred the occupants and vehicle for a secondary examination. Officers found three baby spider monkeys hidden in the van. The officers seized the monkeys and placed them in quarantine.

    A search of the co-conspirator’s phone led to evidence that Dafer purchased and coordinated the smuggling of monkeys across the border on three occasions, between June 2022 and August 2023.

    Baby Mexican spider monkeys continue to nurse throughout their first year and ordinarily are not fully weaned and independent until they turn two. Most baby Mexican spider monkeys will continue to stay close to their mothers until they are approximately four years old.

    Dafer’s Facebook messages and photos show that he intentionally sought baby monkeys to make the smuggling process easier. He even posted a photo of a baby spider monkey under a heat lamp in a small cage. This suggests that Dafer knew that the baby monkey he was selling had been prematurely separated from its mother.

    Mexican spider monkey mothers will not voluntarily relinquish their young and the entire troop of spider monkeys will try to defend the mother and baby from perceived threats. Consequently, to capture the babies, poachers will typically have to kill or harm the mother and entire troop. In this case, genetic analysis confirmed the three babies each had different mothers.

    Dafer pleaded guilty to conspiracy, and Hanna pleaded guilty to smuggling (18 U.S.C. §§ 371, 545.) Hanna was sentenced on March 14, 2025, to time served, followed by two years’ supervised release, along with the restitution. Hanna was in the car that attempted to smuggle the three monkeys into the United States from Mexico on August 14, 2023.

    Homeland Security Investigations, Customs and Border Protection, and the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service Office of Law Enforcement conducted the investigation. 

    Case photo of two of the three monkeys rescued by CBP.

    Related Press Release: Southern District of California | Wildlife Trafficker Sentenced for Smuggling Baby Spider Monkeys | United States Department of Justice


    United States v. Antonio Pereira, et al.

    • Nos. 3:24-CR-00824, 3:25-CR-00001 (District of New Jersey)
    • ECS Trial Attorney Christopher Hale
    • AUSA Kelly Lyons

    On April 22, 2025, a court sentenced Antonio Periera to pay a $4,000 fine and complete a two-year term of probation. Periera and co-defendant Darren McClave pleaded guilty to conspiracy to obstruct justice (18 U.S.C. § 371). McClave is scheduled for sentencing on June 30, 2025.

    McClave, a captain of a clam vessel based out of New Jersey, participated in a scheme to illegally harvest and sell excess scallops, violating federal fishing regulations. While clam vessels are allowed to take a limited quantity of scallops as bycatch, McClave routinely exceeded these limits and sold the surplus to Pereira, a seafood dealer. To cover up the overfishing, McClave and Pereira worked together to falsify the Fishing Vessel Trip Reports and Dealer Reports required by the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration.

    The National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration Office of Law Enforcement conducted the investigation.


    United States v. J.H. Baxter & Co., Inc. et al.

    • No. 6:24-CR-00441 (District of Oregon)
    • ECS Trial Attorney Stephen Foster
    • ECS Trial Attorney Rachel M. Roberts
    • AUSA William M. McLaren
    • RCEC Karla G. Perrin
    • ECS Law Clerk Maria Wallace

    On April 22, 2025, a court sentenced J.H. Baxter & Co., Inc., and J.H. Baxter & Co., a California Limited Partnership, collectively, to pay a total of $1.5 million in criminal fines. In addition, both companies were ordered to serve five-year terms of probation. The companies’ president, Georgia Baxter-Krause, was sentenced to 90 days’ incarceration, followed by one year of supervised release.

    The two companies (collectively J.H. Baxter) were responsible for a wood treatment facility in Eugene, Oregon. Both pleaded guilty to charges of illegally treating hazardous waste and knowingly violating the Clean Air Act (CAA) (42 U.S.C. § 6928(d)(2)(A); 42 U.S.C. § 7413(c)(1)). Baxter-Krause pleaded guilty to two counts of making false statements in violation of the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) (42 U.S.C. § 6928 (d)(3)).

    J.H. Baxter used hazardous chemicals to treat and preserve wood at its Eugene facility. The wastewater from the wood preserving processes was hazardous waste. J.H. Baxter operated a wastewater treatment unit to treat and evaporate the waste. For years, however, when the facility accumulated too much water on site, employees transferred this water to a wood treatment retort to “boil it off,” greatly reducing the volume. J.H. Baxter would then remove the waste that remained, label it as hazardous waste, and ship it offsite for disposal.

    J.H. Baxter was never issued a RCRA permit to treat its waste in this manner. The facility was also subject to CAA emissions standards for hazardous air pollutants. However, employees were directed to open all vents on the retorts, allowing discharges to the surrounding air.

    State inspectors requested information about J.H. Baxter’s practice of boiling off hazardous wastewater. On two separate occasions, Baxter-Krause made false statements in response to these requests regarding the dates the practice took place, and which retorts were used. The investigation determined that Baxter-Krause knew J.H. Baxter maintained detailed daily production logs for each retort.

    J.H. Baxter boiled off hazardous process wastewater in its wood treatment retorts on 136 days. Baxter-Krause was also aware that during this time the company used four of its five retorts to boil off wastewater.

    The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Criminal Investigation Division conducted the investigation with assistance from the Oregon Department of Environmental Quality and the Oregon State Police. 

    Related Press Release: Environment and Natural Resources Division | United States v. J.H. Baxter & Co., Inc. et al. | United States Department of Justice


    United States v. Dlubak Glass Company

    • No. 3:24-CR-00533 (Northern District of Texas)
    • ECS Trial Attorney Lauren Steele
    • ECS Senior Trial Attorney Gary Donner

    On April 29, 2025, a court sentenced Dlubak Glass Company (DGC) to pay a $100,000 fine and complete a four-year term of probation. The company pleaded guilty to making a false statement regarding the storage of hazardous waste (18 U.S.C. § 1001(a)(2)).

    DGC is in the business of processing and recycling glass products, including CRT (cathode ray tube) glass. CRTs have three components: a panel, a funnel, and a neck. Both the panel and the funnel are made of glass. CRT funnel glass contains significant amounts of lead, while panel glass typically contains lead in much lower quantities. Because of the presence of lead, used CRTs that are transported, stored, or disposed of can be considered a characteristic hazardous waste under the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act.

    DGC operated facilities in several states, including locations in Arizona, Texas, and Oklahoma. Pursuant to a Consent Order, DGC agreed to ship all the CRT glass at its Arizona facility offsite for recycling or disposal as hazardous waste. DGC later shipped approximately 4,000 tons of CRT glass from Yuma, Arizona, to its Texas facility, telling regulators that it would recycle the material by incorporating it into commercial products.

    When Texas Commission of Environmental Quality (TCEQ) inspected DGC’s Texas facility they observed piles of CRT glass onsite. DGC’s plant manager told inspectors that the only CRT glass present at the location was “processed panel glass containing no lead.” Dlubak employees later repeated this assertion in a follow-up meeting with TCEQ. However, further investigation determined that the glass in question was composed of both panel and funnel glass, a fact which DGC was aware of when it made these statements to TCEQ.

    The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Criminal Investigation Division conducted the investigation.


    United States v. Tribar Technologies, Inc.

    • No. 2:24-CR-20552 (Eastern District of Michigan)
    • ECS Senior Counsel Kris Dighe
    • AUSA Karen Reynolds
    • RCEC Sasha Reyes

    On April 29, 2025, a court sentenced Tribar Technologies, Inc. (Tribar), to pay a $200,000 fine, complete a five-year term of probation and enact an environmental compliance plan. Tribar also will pay $20,000 in restitution to the City of Ann Arbor, Michigan.

    The company pleaded guilty to negligently violating a pretreatment standard under the Clean Water Act (33 U.S.C. §§ 1317(d) and 1319(c)(1)(A)).

    Tribar manufactures automobile parts and presently operates five active plants in southeast Michigan. Plant 5 is a chrome plating facility located in Wixom, Michigan. It uses an electroplating process to apply chrome finishing to plastic automotive parts. Plant 5 generates wastewater that contains chromium compounds, including hexavalent chromium, a known carcinogen.

    On July 23, 2022, Plant 5 accumulated approximately 15,000 gallons of untreated wastewater containing high concentrations of hexavalent chromium. This wastewater had higher levels of pollutants than the wastewater typically generated from Plant 5 operations. During the week beginning July 25, 2022, Plant 5 employees attempted to treat this wastewater in a holding tank to reduce the amount of hexavalent chromium before putting it into the Plant 5 wastewater treatment system. By the end of the week, the wastewater still contained high concentrations of hexavalent chromium.

    On July 29, 2022, an employee discharged approximately 10,000 gallons of insufficiently treated wastewater from the holding tank into the Plant 5 wastewater treatment system. This discharge activated wastewater treatment system alarms, indicating that the wastewater required further treatment before it could be discharged to the Wixom sanitary sewer system. The employee disabled approximately 460 alarms and discharged the wastewater to the Wixom sanitary sewer system, and ultimately to the Wixom publicly owned treatment works, without completing the treatment necessary to remove chromium from the wastewater, as required by Tribar’s Industrial Pretreatment Program Permit.

    The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency Criminal Investigation Division, the Michigan Department of Environment, Great Lakes and Energy, and the Federal Bureau of Investigation conducted the investigation. 


    View All Environmental Crimes Bulletins

    MIL Security OSI

  • MIL-OSI: HighPeak Energy, Inc. Announces First Quarter 2025 Financial and Operating Results

    Source: GlobeNewswire (MIL-OSI)

    FORT WORTH, Texas, May 12, 2025 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) — HighPeak Energy, Inc. (“HighPeak” or the “Company”) (NASDAQ: HPK) today announced financial and operating results for the quarter ended March 31, 2025, provided an updated 2025 development outlook and increased production guidance.

    First Quarter 2025 Highlights

    • Sales volumes averaged approximately 53.1 thousand barrels of crude oil equivalent per day (“MBoe/d”), representing a 6% increase from the fourth quarter 2024.
    • Net income was $36.3 million, or $0.26 per diluted share and EBITDAX (a non-GAAP financial measure defined and reconciled below) was $197.3 million, or $1.40 per diluted share. First quarter 2025 adjusted net income (a non-GAAP financial measure defined and reconciled below) was $42.7 million, or $0.31 per diluted share.
    • Lease operating expenses averaged $6.61 per Boe, excluding workover expenses, representing a 3% decrease compared to the fourth quarter 2024.
    • Generated free cash flow (a non-GAAP financial measure defined and reconciled below) of $10.7 million, reduced long-term debt by $30 million and paid $0.04 per share in dividends.
    • Realized increased drilling and completion efficiency gains, which translated to drilling and completing four additional wells during the first quarter.

    Recent Events

    • Narrowed 2025 production guidance range and increased the midpoint.
    • On May 12, 2025, the Company’s Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend of $0.04 per common share outstanding payable in June 2025.

    Statement from Jack Hightower, Chairman and CEO:

    In March, we discussed our four pillars of success for 2025 which include: 1) improving corporate efficiency, 2) maintaining capital discipline, 3) optimizing our capital structure, and 4) delivering shareholder value. I would like to take this opportunity to update our shareholders on where we stand and the progress we have made to date.

    Improving Corporate Efficiency
    HighPeak delivered another strong quarter of results, beating production guidance and consensus estimates, while also realizing higher levels of operating efficiencies in our development program. We drilled over 25% faster than our previous expectations, which translated to drilling and completing four additional wells during the first quarter. We are running smoother and more efficiently than ever before, while continuing to keep development costs in line with internal expectations.

    Maintaining Capital Discipline
    Due to the global economic uncertainty and its impact on oil prices, we have moderated our development program by laying down one rig for four months, May through August. Despite the pause, we remain on track to drill and complete the same number of wells in our 2025 guidance because of the gains made through operational efficiencies.

    As detailed on our March conference call, the majority of our 2025 infrastructure capex was first-quarter weighted. Factoring in drilling and completing four additional wells, we accomplished an outsized portion of our planned annual development activity during the first quarter. Going forward, we expect our quarterly capital expenditures to be materially lower and the total for the year to fall within our 2025 guided capex range. Although our operations are running much more efficiently, this is not the proper time to accelerate development activity from our original plan. Additionally, we have complete flexibility from a land and operations perspective to reduce the budget and leave a rig down for longer than the current plan if conditions warrant.

    Optimizing our Capital Structure
    We remain committed to optimizing our capital structure and remain poised to execute our plan once the market has stabilized. We are in a healthy financial position with no near-term debt maturities and are taking proactive steps to keep our balance sheet strong as we navigate this turbulent market.

    Shareholder Value
    Given the current global macro-economic backdrop, this is a time to remain nimble and prudent, which our high-quality asset base allows. As large owners of the Company, management is fully aligned with shareholders and has a long-term outlook on value creation. While markets may be volatile, it is important to remember the fundamental value of our asset base is still strong.

    First Quarter 2025 Operational Update

    HighPeak’s sales volumes during the first quarter of 2025 averaged 53.1 MBoe/d, a six percent increase over the fourth quarter 2024. First quarter sales volumes consisted of approximately 72% crude oil and 86% liquids.

    The Company averaged two drilling rigs and one frac crew during the first quarter, drilled 16 gross (16.0 net) horizontal wells and turned-in-line 13 gross (12.9 net) producing wells. On March 31, 2025, the Company had 28 gross (28.0 net) horizontal wells in various stages of drilling and completion.

    The Company updated its 2025 production guidance range to 48,000 – 50,500 Boe/d.

    HighPeak President, Michael Hollis, commented, “Our strong first quarter production is allowing us to narrow our guided range and increase the midpoint. This speaks to our strong well performance and the high quality of our long lived oily inventory. As seen in the last few commodity price cycles, HighPeak is realizing deflationary cost pressures on both the capex and opex fronts. With our increased operational efficiency, we are doing more with less and at a lower overall cost.”

    First Quarter 2025 Financial Results

    HighPeak reported net income of $36.3 million for the first quarter of 2025, or $0.26 per diluted share, and EBITDAX of $197.3 million, or $1.40 per diluted share. HighPeak reported adjusted net income of $42.7 million for the first quarter of 2025, or $0.31 per diluted share.

    First quarter average realized prices were $71.64 per Bbl of crude oil, $24.21 per Bbl of NGL and $2.34 per Mcf of natural gas, resulting in an overall realized price of $53.84 per Boe, or 75% of the weighted average of NYMEX crude oil prices, excluding the effects of derivatives. HighPeak’s cash costs for the first quarter were $11.94 per Boe, including lease operating expenses of $6.61 per Boe, workover expenses of $0.83 per Boe, production and ad valorem taxes of $3.17 per Boe and G&A expenses of $1.33 per Boe. As a result, the Company’s unhedged EBITDAX per Boe was $41.90 per Boe, or 78% of the overall realized price per Boe for the quarter, excluding the effects of derivatives.

    HighPeak’s first quarter 2025 capital expenditures to drill, complete, equip, provide facilities and for infrastructure were $179.8 million.

    Hedging

    Crude oil. As of March 31, 2025, HighPeak had the following outstanding crude oil derivative instruments and the weighted average crude oil prices and premiums payable per Bbl:

                          Swaps     Collars, Enhanced Collars
    & Deferred
    Premium Puts
     
    Settlement
    Month
      Settlement
    Year
      Type of
    Contract
      Bbls
    Per
    Day
      Index   Price per
    Bbl
        Floor or
    Strike
    Price per
    Bbl
        Ceiling
    Price per
    Bbl
        Deferred
    Premium
    Payable
    per Bbl
     
    Crude Oil:                                                  
    Apr – Jun   2025   Swap     5,500   WTI Cushing   $ 76.37     $     $     $  
    Apr – Jun   2025   Collar     7,989   WTI Cushing   $     $ 64.38     $ 88.55     $ 2.00  
    Apr – Jun   2025   Put     9,000   WTI Cushing   $     $ 65.78     $     $ 5.00  
    Jul – Sep   2025   Swap     3,000   WTI Cushing   $ 75.85     $     $     $  
    Jul – Sep   2025   Collar     7,000   WTI Cushing   $     $ 65.00     $ 90.08     $ 2.28  
    Jul – Sep   2025   Put     9,000   WTI Cushing   $     $ 65.78     $     $ 5.00  
    Oct – Dec   2025   Collar     5,000   WTI Cushing   $     $ 60.00     $ 72.80     $  
    Jan – Mar   2026   Collar     5,000   WTI Cushing   $     $ 60.00     $ 72.80     $  
     

    The Company’s crude oil derivative contracts detailed above are based on reported settlement prices on the New York Mercantile Exchange for West Texas Intermediate pricing.

    Natural gas. As of March 31, 2025, the Company had the following outstanding natural gas derivative instruments and the weighted average natural gas prices payable per MMBtu.

    Settlement Month   Settlement
    Year
      Type of
    Contract
      MMBtu
    Per Day
      Index   Price per
    MMBtu
     
    Natural Gas:                          
    Apr – Jun   2025   Swap     30,000   HH   $ 4.43  
    Jul – Sep   2025   Swap     30,000   HH   $ 4.43  
    Oct – Dec   2025   Swap     30,000   HH   $ 4.43  
    Jan – Mar   2026   Swap     19,667   HH   $ 4.43  
     

    HighPeak added the following natural gas swaps in April 2025.

    Settlement Month   Settlement
    Year
      Type of
    Contract
      MMBtu
    Per Day
      Index   Price per
    MMBtu
     
    Natural Gas:                          
    Jan – Mar   2026   Swap     10,333   HH   $ 4.30  
    Apr – Jun   2026   Swap     30,000   HH   $ 4.30  
    Jul – Sep   2026   Swap     30,000   HH   $ 4.30  
    Oct – Dec   2026   Swap     30,000   HH   $ 4.30  
    Jan – Mar   2027   Swap     19,667   HH   $ 4.30  
     

    Dividends

    During the first quarter of 2025, HighPeak’s Board of Directors approved a quarterly dividend of $0.04 per share, or $5.0 million in dividends paid to stockholders during the quarter. In addition, in May 2025, the Company’s Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend of $0.04 per share, or approximately $5.0 million in dividends, to be paid on June 25, 2025, to stockholders of record on June 2, 2025. 

    Conference Call

    HighPeak will host a conference call and webcast on Tuesday, May 13, 2025, at 10:00 a.m. Central Time for investors and analysts to discuss its results for the first quarter of 2025. Conference call participants may register for the call here. Access to the live audio-only webcast and replay of the earnings release conference call may be found here. A live broadcast of the earnings conference call will also be available on the HighPeak Energy website at www.highpeakenergy.com under the “Investors” section of the website. A replay will also be available on the website following the call.

    When available, a copy of the Company’s earnings release, investor presentation and Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q may be found on its website at www.highpeakenergy.com.

    About HighPeak Energy, Inc.

    HighPeak Energy, Inc. is a publicly traded independent crude oil and natural gas company, headquartered in Fort Worth, Texas, focused on the acquisition, development, exploration and exploitation of unconventional crude oil and natural gas reserves in the Midland Basin in West Texas. For more information, please visit our website at www.highpeakenergy.com.

    Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

    The information in this press release contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. When used in this document, the words “believes,” “plans,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “forecasts,” “intends,” “continue,” “may,” “will,” “could,” “should,” “future,” “potential,” “estimate” or the negative of such terms and similar expressions as they relate to HighPeak Energy, Inc. (“HighPeak Energy” or the “Company”) are intended to identify forward-looking statements, which are generally not historical in nature. The forward-looking statements are based on the Company’s current expectations, assumptions, estimates and projections about the Company and the industry in which the Company operates. Although the Company believes that the expectations and assumptions reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable as and when made, they involve risks and uncertainties that are difficult to predict and, in many cases, beyond the Company’s control. For example, the Company’s review of strategic alternatives may not result in a sale of the Company, a recommendation that a transaction occur or result in a completed transaction, and any transaction that occurs may not increase shareholder value, in each case as a result of such risks and uncertainties.

    These risks and uncertainties include, among other things, the results of the strategic review being undertaken by the Company’s Board and the interest of prospective counterparties, the Company’s ability to realize the results contemplated by its 2025 guidance, volatility of commodity prices, political instability or armed conflicts in crude or natural gas producing regions such as the ongoing war between Russia and Ukraine or Israel and Hamas, product supply and demand, the impact of a widespread outbreak of an illness, such as the coronavirus disease pandemic, on global and U.S. economic activity, competition, OPEC+ policy decisions, potential new trade policies, such as tariffs, could adversely affect the Company’s operations, business and profitability, inflationary pressures on costs of oilfield goods, services and personnel, the ability to obtain environmental and other permits and the timing thereof, other government regulation or action, the ability to obtain approvals from third parties and negotiate agreements with third parties on mutually acceptable terms, litigation, the costs and results of drilling and operations, availability of equipment, services, resources and personnel required to perform the Company’s drilling and operating activities, access to and availability of transportation, processing, fractionation, refining and storage facilities, HighPeak Energy’s ability to replace reserves, implement its business plans or complete its development activities as scheduled, access to and cost of capital, the financial strength of counterparties to any credit facility and derivative contracts entered into by HighPeak Energy, if any, and purchasers of HighPeak Energy’s oil, natural gas liquids and natural gas production, uncertainties about estimates of reserves, identification of drilling locations and the ability to add proved reserves in the future, the assumptions underlying forecasts, including forecasts of production, expenses, cash flow from sales of oil and gas and tax rates, quality of technical data, environmental and weather risks, including the possible impacts of climate change, cybersecurity risks and acts of war or terrorism. These and other risks are described in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, and Current Reports on Form 8-K and other filings with the SEC. The Company undertakes no duty to publicly update these statements except as required by law.

    Reserve engineering is a process of estimating underground accumulations of hydrocarbons that cannot be measured in an exact way. The accuracy of any reserve estimate depends on the quality of available data, the interpretation of such data and price and cost assumptions made by reserve engineers. Reserves estimates included herein may not be indicative of the level of reserves or PV-10 value of oil and natural gas production in the future. In addition, the results of drilling, testing and production activities may justify revisions of estimates that were made previously. If significant, such revisions could impact HighPeak’s strategy and change the schedule of any further production and development drilling. Accordingly, reserve estimates may differ significantly from the quantities of oil and natural gas that are ultimately recovered.

    Use of Projections

    The financial, operational, industry and market projections, estimates and targets in this press release and in the Company’s guidance (including production, operating expenses and capital expenditures in future periods) are based on assumptions that are inherently subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the Company’s control. The assumptions and estimates underlying the projected, expected or target results are inherently uncertain and are subject to a wide variety of significant business, economic, regulatory and competitive risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in the financial, operational, industry and market projections, estimates and targets, including assumptions, risks and uncertainties described in “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” above. These projections are speculative by their nature and, accordingly, are subject to significant risk of not being actually realized by the Company. Projected results of the Company for 2025 are particularly speculative and subject to change. Actual results may vary materially from the current projections, including for reasons beyond the Company’s control. The projections are based on current expectations and available information as of the date of this release. The Company undertakes no duty to publicly update these projections except as required by law.

    Drilling Locations

    The Company has estimated its drilling locations based on well spacing assumptions and upon the evaluation of its drilling results and those of other operators in its area, combined with its interpretation of available geologic and engineering data. The drilling locations actually drilled on the Company’s properties will depend on the availability of capital, regulatory approvals, commodity prices, costs, actual drilling results and other factors. Any drilling activities conducted on these identified locations may not be successful and may not result in additional proved reserves. Further, to the extent the drilling locations are associated with acreage that expires, the Company would lose its right to develop the related locations.

    HighPeak Energy, Inc.
    Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet Data
    (In thousands)
        March 31,
    2025
      December 31,
    2024
     
    Current assets:              
    Cash and cash equivalents   $ 51,619     $ 86,649    
    Accounts receivable     78,356       85,242    
    Inventory     8,706       10,952    
    Prepaid expenses     8,301       4,587    
    Derivative instruments     5,620       7,582    
    Total current assets     152,602       195,012    
    Crude oil and natural gas properties, using the successful efforts method of accounting:              
    Proved properties     4,140,881       3,959,545    
    Unproved properties     71,359       70,868    
    Accumulated depletion, depreciation and amortization     (1,293,949 )     (1,184,684 )  
    Total crude oil and natural gas properties, net     2,918,291       2,845,729    
    Other property and equipment, net     3,141       3,201    
    Other noncurrent assets     19,047       19,346    
    Total assets   $ 3,093,081     $ 3,063,288    
                   
    Current liabilities:              
    Current portion of long-term debt, net   $ 120,000     $ 120,000    
    Accounts payable – trade     66,473       74,011    
    Accrued capital expenditures     53,240       35,170    
    Revenues and royalties payable     27,993       26,838    
    Other accrued liabilities     22,065       22,196    
    Derivative instruments     8,275       5,380    
    Operating leases     821       719    
    Advances from joint interest owners           316    
    Total current liabilities     298,867       284,630    
    Noncurrent liabilities:              
    Long-term debt, net     902,844       928,384    
    Deferred income taxes     242,337       232,398    
    Asset retirement obligations     15,058       14,750    
    Operating leases     581       670    
    Commitments and contingencies              
                   
    Stockholders’ equity              
    Common stock     13       13    
    Additional paid-in capital     1,166,786       1,166,609    
    Retained earnings     466,595       435,834    
    Total stockholders’ equity     1,633,394       1,602,456    
    Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity   $ 3,093,081     $ 3,063,288    
     
    HighPeak Energy, Inc.
    Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations
    (in thousands)
        Quarter Ended March 31,
     
        2025   2024
     
    Operating revenues:            
    Crude oil sales   $ 246,424     $ 282,369    
    NGL and natural gas sales     11,024       5,395    
    Total operating revenues     257,448       287,764    
    Operating costs and expenses:            
    Crude oil and natural gas production     35,562       30,271    
    Production and ad valorem taxes     15,152       14,402    
    Exploration and abandonments     264       498    
    Depletion, depreciation and amortization     109,325       130,850    
    Accretion of discount     244       239    
    General and administrative     6,345       4,685    
    Stock-based compensation     177       3,798    
    Total operating costs and expenses     167,069       184,743    
    Other expense           1    
    Income from operations     90,379       103,020    
    Interest income     810       2,392    
    Interest expense     (36,988 )     (43,634 )  
    Loss on derivative instruments, net     (7,927 )     (53,043 )  
    Income before income taxes     46,274       8,735    
    Provision for income taxes     9,939       2,297    
    Net income   $ 36,335     $ 6,438    
                 
    Earnings per share:            
    Basic net income   $ 0.26     $ 0.05    
    Diluted net income   $ 0.26     $ 0.05    
                 
    Weighted average shares outstanding:            
    Basic     123,913       125,696    
    Diluted     127,213       129,641    
                 
    Dividends declared per share   $ 0.04     $ 0.04    
     
    HighPeak Energy, Inc.
    Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
    (in thousands)
        Quarter Ended March 31,
     
        2025
      2024
     
    CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:            
    Net income   $ 36,335     $ 6,438    
    Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operations:            
    Provision for deferred income taxes     9,939       1,688    
    Loss on derivative instruments     7,927       53,043    
    Cash paid on settlement of derivative instruments     (3,071 )     (5,148 )  
    Amortization of debt issuance costs     2,034       2,053    
    Amortization of discounts on long-term debt     2,426       2,453    
    Stock-based compensation expense     177       3,798    
    Accretion expense     244       239    
    Depletion, depreciation and amortization     109,325       130,850    
    Exploration and abandonment expense     4       274    
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities:            
    Accounts receivable     6,886       (14,414 )  
    Prepaid expenses, inventory and other assets     (1,314 )     (4,722 )  
    Accounts payable, accrued liabilities and other current liabilities     (13,860 )     (5,113 )  
    Net cash provided by operating activities     157,052       171,439    
    CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:            
    Additions to crude oil and natural gas properties     (179,819 )     (147,698 )  
    Changes in working capital associated with crude oil and natural gas property additions     25,172       1,705    
    Acquisitions of crude oil and natural gas properties     (2,517 )     (2,171 )  
    Proceeds from sales of properties     570          
    Other property additions           (59 )  
    Net cash used in investing activities     (156,594 )     (148,223 )  
    CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:            
    Repayments under Term Loan Credit Agreement     (120,000 )     (30,000 )  
    Dividends paid     (4,957 )     (5,050 )  
    Dividend equivalents paid     (531 )     (530 )  
    Repurchased shares under buyback program           (8,764 )  
    Debt issuance costs           (7 )  
    Net cash used in financing activities     (35,488 )     (44,351 )  
    Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents     (35,030 )     (21,135 )  
    Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period     86,649       194,515    
    Cash and cash equivalents, end of period   $ 51,619     $ 173,380    
     
    HighPeak Energy, Inc.
    Unaudited Summary Operating Highlights
        Quarter Ended March 31,  
        2025   2024  
    Average Daily Sales Volumes:              
    Crude oil (Bbls)     38,222       39,959    
    NGLs (Bbls)     7,724       5,147    
    Natural gas (Mcf)     43,096       27,733    
    Total (Boe)     53,128       49,729    
                   
    Average Realized Prices (excluding effects of derivatives):              
    Crude oil per Bbl   $ 71.64     $ 77.65    
    NGL per Bbl   $ 24.21     $ 24.94    
    Natural gas per Mcf   $ 2.34     $ 1.33    
    Total per Boe   $ 53.84     $ 63.59    
                   
    Margin Data ($ per Boe):              
    Average price, excluding effects of derivatives   $ 53.84     $ 63.59    
    Lease operating expenses     (6.61 )     (6.30 )  
    Expense workovers     (0.83 )     (0.39 )  
    Production and ad valorem taxes     (3.17 )     (3.18 )  
    General and administrative expenses     (1.33 )     (1.04 )  
        $ 41.90     $ 52.68    
     
    HighPeak Energy, Inc.
    Unaudited Earnings Per Share Details
        Quarter Ended March 31,  
        2025   2024  
    Net income as reported   $ 36,335     $ 6,438    
    Participating basic earnings     (3,542 )     (605 )  
    Basic earnings attributable to common shareholders     32,793       5,833    
    Reallocation of participating earnings     47       1    
    Diluted net income attributable to common shareholders   $ 32,840     $ 5,834    
                   
    Basic weighted average shares outstanding     123,913       125,696    
    Dilutive warrants and unvested stock options     1,146       1,786    
    Dilutive unvested restricted stock     2,154       2,159    
    Diluted weighted average shares outstanding     127,213       129,641    
                   
    Net income per share attributable to common shareholders:              
    Basic   $ 0.26     $ 0.05    
    Diluted   $ 0.26     $ 0.05    
     
    HighPeak Energy, Inc.
    Unaudited Reconciliation of Net Income to EBITDAX, Discretionary Cash Flow and Net Cash Provided by Operations
    (in thousands)
     
        Quarter Ended March 31,  
        2025   2024  
    Net income   $ 36,335     $ 6,438    
    Interest expense     36,988       43,634    
    Interest income     (810 )     (2,392 )  
    Income tax expense     9,939       2,297    
    Depletion, depreciation and amortization     109,325       130,850    
    Accretion of discount     244       239    
    Exploration and abandonment expense     264       498    
    Stock based compensation     177       3,798    
    Derivative related noncash activity     4,856       47,895    
    Other expense           1    
    EBITDAX     197,318       233,258    
    Cash interest expense     (32,528 )     (39,128 )  
    Other (a)     550       1,558    
    Discretionary cash flow     165,340       195,688    
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities     (8,288 )     (24,249 )  
    Net cash provided by operating activities   $ 157,052     $ 171,439    
    (a)     Includes interest income net of current tax expense, other expense and operating portion of exploration and abandonment expenses.
     
    HighPeak Energy, Inc.
    Unaudited Reconciliation of Net Cash Provided by Operations and Free Cash Flow
    (in thousands)
        Quarter Ended March 31,  
        2025   2024  
    Net cash provided by operating activities   $ 157,052     $ 171,439    
    Add back: net change in operating assets and liabilities     8,288       24,249    
    Operating cash flow before working capital changes     165,340       195,688    
    Additions to crude oil and natural gas properties     (179,819 )     (147,698 )  
    Changes in working capital associated with crude oil and natural gas property additions     25,172       1,705    
    Free cash flow   $ 10,693     $ 49,695    
     
    HighPeak Energy, Inc.
    Unaudited Reconciliation of Net Income to Adjusted Net Income
    (in thousands, except per share data)
        Quarter Ended
    March 31, 2025
     
        Amounts   Amounts per Diluted Share  
    Net income   $ 36,335     $ 0.26    
    Derivative loss, net     7,927       0.06    
    Stock-based compensation     177       0.00    
    Income tax adjustment for above items *     (1,741 )     (0.01 )  
                       
    Adjusted net income   $ 42,698     $ 0.31    
                   
    * Assuming 21% statutory tax rate              
     

    Investor Contact:

    Ryan Hightower
    Vice President, Business Development
    817.850.9204
    rhightower@highpeakenergy.com

    Source: HighPeak Energy, Inc.

    The MIL Network

  • MIL-OSI USA: Reps. Sherrill and Bacon Introduce Bipartisan Legislation to Protect Firefighters

    Source: United States House of Representatives – Congresswoman Mikie Sherrill (NJ-11)

    WASHINGTON, DC — Today, Congresswoman Mikie Sherrill (NJ-11) and Congressman Don Bacon (NE-02) introduced the bipartisan PROTECT Firefighters Act, which will help keep firefighters safe in crisis situations by improving equipment, training, and staffing for departments’ emergency rescue teams. Alongside this legislation, Rep. Sherrill also sent a letter to Speaker Johnson, Leader Jeffries, Appropriations Committee Chair Cole, and Appropriations Committee Ranking Member DeLauro urging them to fully fund firefighter assistance grants and the U.S. Fire Administration. 

    “Firefighters risk their lives to protect our communities, often rushing into danger while others are rushing out. In recent years, we have sadly seen an increase in the number of firefighters killed while on-duty. New Jersey knows that pain all too well. The tragic loss of two Newark firefighters in July 2023 after a major fire at the Port of Newark underscored the need for additional training, equipment, and support. That’s why I was proud to work alongside Rep. Bacon and firefighters across New Jersey to craft legislation that will take concrete steps to ensure our heroes have the resources to do their jobs safely and effectively,” said Rep. Sherrill

    “Our firefighters put their lives on the line every day to keep our communities safe. As a member of the Congressional Fire Services Caucus, I’m co-leading the bipartisan PROTECT Firefighters Act with Rep. Sherrill to ensure these heroes have the proper training, equipment, and resources needed,” said Rep. Bacon. “When responding to emergencies, our firefighters deserve the best possible tools and support for a safe return home to loving families.”

    Sherrill’s legislation has earned the endorsement of the New Jersey Firefighters Mutual Benevolent Association, International Association of Fire Chiefs, and National Fallen Firefighters Foundation.

    “As we continue to advocate for maximum funding of our Congressional grants, we still have gaps to fill,” said Eddie Donnelly, President of the New Jersey Firefighters Mutual Benevolent Association. “In New Jersey, our members are called out daily to support fire suppression efforts in neighboring municipalities. Rapid Intervention Teams are needed and required to be on the scene to assist in the removal of down Firefighters. No one comes to help us – except us. The PROTECT Firefighters Act will provide for a concise study on what is fiscally needed to be sure we have every tool possible to achieve life saving results. It will also take a hard look at the specific challenges of maritime firefighting. New Jersey Firefighters will never forget our brothers in Newark, Augie and Wayne, who made the ultimate sacrifice battling a ship fire in Port Newark. We continue to urge Congress to fund our fiscal priorities and applaud  Congresswoman Sherrill for her continued efforts on behalf of New Jersey’s first responders.”

    “Rapid Intervention Teams are a critical component to keeping firefighters safe during an emergency incident.  We appreciate Congresswoman Sherrill and Congressman Bacon’s commitment to ensuring RITs have the necessary equipment, staffing, and training needed to minimize firefighter risk and injury,” said Victor Stagnaro, CEO of the National Fallen Firefighters Foundation.

    The PROTECT Firefighters Act directs the U.S. Fire Administration to develop a comprehensive strategy to improve equipment, training, and staffing standards for firefighter Rapid Intervention Teams (RITs) – firefighting crews that serve as stand-by rescue teams at the scenes of fires and other emergencies – including RITs that respond to port facility fires.

    The bill also directs the U.S. Fire Administrator to review the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health’s Fire Fighter Fatality Investigation and Prevention Program Line of Duty Death reports and provide recommendations for how Congress can address the specific causes of incidents in which a firefighter was killed in the line of duty.

    Rep. Sherrill’s letter to House leadership urges them to provide maximum funding for firefighter assistance grants and the U.S. Fire Administration in this year’s appropriations process, and to fully fund the recommendations of the U.S. Fire Administration’s strategy required by the PROTECT Firefighters Act. You can read the full letter here, and below.

    Dear Speaker Johnson, Minority Leader Jeffries, Chair Cole, and Ranking Member DeLauro:

    We represent thousands of firefighters who put their lives at risk every day to protect our constituents and communities. During the COVID-19 pandemic, these heroes served on the frontline of the public health emergency and played a crucial role in delivering life-saving assistance to those in need. While important progress has been made in improving the safety of our firefighters over the past four decades, we are alarmed and saddened by the recent increase in deaths in the line of duty. In 2022, 80 firefighters were killed while on-duty, and 73 were killed in 2023 . These are the highest number of deaths since 2013, and two of the three highest years since 2009. In the face of these tragedies, we urge you to provide maximum funding for firefighter assistance grants and the U.S. Fire Administration in this year’s appropriations process and to support the development of a comprehensive strategy by the U.S. Fire Administration to better protect firefighters responding to crisis situations, as laid out in the bipartisan PROTECT Firefighters Act.

    Congress has a critical role to play in ensuring that state and local fire departments have the resources they need to purchase high-quality equipment and safety gear, recruit and retain firefighters to ensure needed staffing levels, and engage in advanced training initiatives. Through FEMA’s Assistance to Firefighters Grants (AFG) and Staffing For Adequate Fire and Emergency Response (SAFER) programs, Congress has provided over $15 billion in life-saving funding to firefighters, including $700 million in FY 2024.  We were very proud to vote for the Fire Grants and Safety Act in May 2024 to reauthorize these critical programs through FY 2028 to ensure that they can keep providing critical equipment and training to our first responders.

    As we’ve met with firefighters throughout our district this year, however, it is clear that fire departments have urgent funding needs that are not being met with current levels of federal assistance. AFG and SAFER each receive grant applications of over $2 billion each per year from fire departments, while combined funding between both programs remains considerably below $1 billion annually.  This deficit means that fire departments nationwide are unable to replace outdated equipment, send their firefighters to advanced training programs, and hire enough employees to meet safe staffing levels.

    In New Jersey, two Newark Fire Division firefighters were killed in the line of duty in July 2023 after a major fire at the Port of Newark.  An investigation of this tragedy by the U.S. Coast Guard revealed that Newark firefighters had not received hands-on shipboard training, even though they are responsible for responding to fires at these facilities if needed. The investigation also found that the radio communications equipment used by the Newark firefighters performed poorly during the port fire response, which resulted in many of the firefighters being unable to communicate with each other adequately during the incident. In addition, the National Transportation Safety Board – in their report released on April 15th – found that a lack of training and familiarity with marine firefighting played a key role in the tragedy.  Our firefighters put their lives on the line every time they enter a burning building or ship, and they should have the best equipment and training available to ensure that they can remain as safe as possible. In our conversations with fire chiefs nationwide, however, cost remains a significant barrier to acquiring these life-saving resources. Local governments have significant fiscal constraints that limit funding opportunities, while the AFG and SAFER programs can fund less than a third of their annual grant requests due to limited federal appropriations.

    Therefore, we strongly urge you to provide the maximum possible funding for the AFG and SAFER programs, as well as the U.S. Fire Administration, in this year’s FY 2026 appropriations process. These critical resources will allow fire departments to invest in the advanced equipment and training that will save lives in crisis situations. Each year, billions of dollars in fire departments’ grant requests remain unmet not because they are unneeded but simply due to a lack of appropriations, and it is critical that we now provide this life-saving assistance to our firefighters.

    Furthermore, we recently introduced the PROTECT Firefighters Act, which would task the U.S. Fire Administration with developing a comprehensive strategy to identify current deficiencies in equipment, training, and staffing standards for firefighter Rapid Intervention Teams (RITs) and provide recommendations for how Congress can address these issues. RITs serve as stand-by teams for the immediate search and rescue of missing, trapped, or injured firefighters and play a crucial role in ensuring the safety of our firefighters. This strategy will allow the U.S. Fire Administration to identify key areas where federal funding is most urgently needed to protect firefighters, with a particular emphasis on tragedies in which a firefighter was killed in the line of duty. In addition, the strategy will help to better coordinate national efforts to equip and train fire departments that respond to maritime fires, which can present unique challenges and risks to firefighters. We urge you to support this critical legislation and to ensure that federal funding is available to implement the equipment, training, and staffing recommendations provided by the U.S. Fire Administration.

    We greatly appreciate the bipartisan work of this Congress to reauthorize the AFG and SAFER programs and to provide critical assistance to firefighters around the country. However, recent events have shown that the federal government must do more to ensure firefighter safety. We now urge Congressional leadership to support the development of a comprehensive strategy to protect firefighters in crisis situations, fully fund the recommendations of this strategy, and provide maximum funding for AFG, SAFER, and the U.S. Fire Administration. We look forward to staying engaged on this issue as Congress develops its appropriations package for FY 2026.

    ###

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI USA: UConn Graduates the Next Generation of the Health Care Workforce

    Source: US State of Connecticut

    On May 12, UConn Health’s 54th Commencement graduated its Class of 2025, adding 113 physicians, 51 dentists, and 94 scientists and public health experts to the health care workforce of Connecticut and our nation.

    UConn Health Commencement 2025 on May 12.

    UConn Health is proudly the longstanding number one producer of Connecticut’s health care workforce. In fact, since 1972 it has produced 4,297 physicians, 2,044 dentists, and nearly 800 scientists and public health experts.

    The hundreds of new graduates of UConn Health’s three schools—the School of Medicine, School of Dental Medicine, and the UConn Graduate School—received their diplomas in the Jorgenson Center for the Performing Arts at UConn Storrs.

    The health professions graduates were inspired by the very special Commencement speaker’s address by Connecticut’s number one public health official, the Connecticut Department of Public Health (DPH) Commissioner Manisha Juthani.

    The Commissioner shared with the graduates how, “Today, you join a profession that has the privilege of being present for life’s most profound moments—births and deaths, diagnoses and recoveries, breakthroughs and setbacks. Treat that privilege with the reverence it deserves.”

    The Commissioner added, “You’ve been trained at UConn Health to be more than just technically proficient practitioners or researchers. You’ve been trained to be healers, scientists, and advocates who see the whole person, the whole community. Remember the patient whose pain you relieved, the research breakthrough that expanded knowledge, the community health initiative that improved lives.”

    Commissioner Juthani concluded, “In your faces today, I see the future of health care in Connecticut and beyond!”

    Radenka Maric, president of UConn, also addressed the graduating class. “Going forward you are going to be a healer.”

    She reminded the hundreds of new UConn made physicians and scientists to always remember to “give back” and concluded “congratulations, go Huskies!”

    UConn Health’s 54th Commencement graduates.
    UConn Health’s 54th Commencement
    UConn Health’s 54th Commencement graduates.
    UConn Health’s 54th Commencement.
    Photo May 12 2025, 12 21 14 PM
    UConn Health’s 54th Commencement.
    UConn Health’s 54th Commencement.
    Photo May 12 2025, 12 20 36 PM
    UConn Health’s 54th Commencement.
    UConn Health’s 54th Commencement.
    Photo May 12 2025, 12 18 40 PM
    UConn Health’s 54th Commencement.
    UConn Health’s 54th Commencement.
    UConn Health’s 54th Commencement.
    UConn Health’s 54th Commencement.
    Medical school grads at UConn Health’s 54th Commencement.
    UConn Health’s 54th Commencement.
    Medical school grads at UConn Health’s 54th Commencement.
    Dental grads celebrating at UConn Health’s 54th Commencement.
    UConn Health’s 54th Commencement.
    Dental grads celebrating at UConn Health’s 54th Commencement.
    UConn Health’s 54th Commencement.
    UConn Health’s 54th Commencement.
    UConn Health’s 54th Commencement.
    Graduates at UConn Health’s 54th Commencement.
    Photo May 12 2025, 12 15 13 PM
    Graduates at UConn Health’s 54th Commencement.
    UConn Health’s 54th Commencement.
    UConn Health’s 54th Commencement.
    Masters of Public Health celebrating at UConn Health’s 54th Commencement.
    Dental school graduates at UConn Health’s 54th Commencement.
    UConn Health’s 54th Commencement.
    Dental school graduates at UConn Health’s 54th Commencement.
    UConn Health’s 54th Commencement.
    UConn Health’s 54th Commencement.
    Master of Public Health graduates at UConn Health’s 54th Commencement.
    UConn Health’s 54th Commencement.
    UConn Health’s 54th Commencement.
    UConn Health’s 54th Commencement.
    Medical school graduates at UConn Health’s 54th Commencement.
    UConn Health’s 54th Commencement.
    Medical school graduates at UConn Health’s 54th Commencement.
    Dental School graduates at UConn Health’s 54th Commencement.
    Conn Health’s 54th Commencement.
    Dental School graduates at UConn Health’s 54th Commencement.
    UConn Health’s 54th Commencement.
    UConn Health’s 54th Commencement.
    UConn Health’s 54th Commencement.
    UConn Health’s 54th Commencement.
    UConn Health’s 54th Commencement.
    UConn Health’s 54th Commencement.
    UConn Health 54th Commencement
    UConn Health 54th Commencement
    UConn Health 54th Commencement
    UConn Health 54th Commencement
    UConn Health 54th Commencement
    UConn Health 54th Commencement
    At UConn Health 54th Commencement medical school graduates, now new doctors, celebrate on May 12, 2025.
    Photo May 12 2025, 11 04 04 AM
    At UConn Health 54th Commencement medical school graduates, now new doctors, celebrate on May 12, 2025.
    Photo May 12 2025, 11 53 25 AM
    UConn Health’s 54th Commencement.
    UConn Health’s 54th Commencement.
    Kennedy Arie Drake received her Ph.D. in biomedical science at UConn Health’s 54th Commencement.

    The Deans of the three Schools also spoke at Commencement.

    In her remarks Leslie Shor, Ph.D., vice provost for Graduate Education and dean of the UConn Graduate School shared, “To all our graduates of the Graduate School – way to go! This is a commencement and commencement means beginning. You are just getting started! Congratulations to all the graduates.”

    “Your class has done exceedingly well, with UConn experiencing its largest medical Match Day ever, with 60 percent of you matching to your No. 1 residency program choice, and 81 percent of you matching to one of your top three,” shared medical school dean Dr. Bruce T. Liang while addressing the School of Medicine’s Class of 2025. “I know you will carry your unique and triumphant medical educational experience as a badge of honor with you forever. And you also get to carry with you the great pride and prestige of being a UConn-trained doctor, bringing cutting-edge medicine and community service to others in their greatest time of need, and always with the UConn touch of empathy, kindness, and compassion. That’s what it means to be a UConn doctor.”

    Class of 2025’s late Dr. Dustin Moore was remembered at UConn Health’s 54th Commencement and will be remembered by the School of Medicine always.

    In addition, Dean Liang led a moment of silence to remember Dr. Dustin Moore of the Class of 2025 who recently passed away, asking his fellow graduates to always remember him “for his compassion, kindness and unwavering courage as he fought even as his dreams were cut short.” Also, heartwarmingly when Dr. Dustin Moore’s name was called aloud as a Class of 2025 graduate the audience gave him a standing ovation.

    Dr. Steven Lepowsky, dean of the School of Dental Medicine, delivered his address to the School’s Class of 2025: “You have accomplished much during your time with us. You have distinguished yourselves through academic achievement and by your commitment to service.”

    Lepowsky added, “You have inspired us with your empathy, your compassion, and your talents. I congratulate you on all of your remarkable achievements, but I challenge you to continue to strive for excellence in all that you do – for that is truly the hallmark of a UConn grad.”

    “I am immensely proud of our graduate students who have worked very hard to earn their degrees. To this bright and accomplished group, I extend my warmest congratulations and best wishes as they take the next steps in their careers,” shares Barbara E. Kream, Ph.D., associate dean of The Graduate School with her Class of 2025 graduate students.

    “We cannot wait to see what you do next Class of 2025! Go Huskies!” concluded Dean Liang.

    Student Speakers Shine at Commencement

    Three outstanding graduates were selected by their peers to speak at graduation.

    “To my family—Mom, Dad—thank you. I know it wasn’t easy to come to America, to start from scratch. Being a first-generation American-born child and student wasn’t always easy, but your sacrifices made this day possible. Every overnight shift, every white coat ceremony, every anatomy exam—I carried you with me. This degree is not just mine—it belongs to you. To my aunts, uncles, siblings, cousins, and grandparents—this is for you, too. We made it,” exclaimed Dr. Daniella Dennis, UConn School of Medicine Commencement student speaker who will be staying at UConn for emergency medicine residency training. She grew up in nearby New Britain, Conn. Her parents immigrated to America from Jamaica in the late 1990s. Her mother was a Certified Nursing Assistant which introduced her to the medical field. Before UConn medical school she was an EMT and a patient care technician during the COVID-19 pandemic. She is the proud first-generation college graduate and first doctor in her family.

    Dennis said, “Now we’re stepping into our next chapter—our new careers as physicians. Class of 2025, congratulations. We made it. I love you all. Let’s go make the world a little better—one patient at a time.”

    “It’s an absolute honor to be standing here today representing the Graduate School,” shared Commencement student speaker and Class of 2025 graduate Kristina Delgado, Ph.D. who earned her Ph.D. in Biomedical Science. “If you had told me years ago that I’d be standing here today, giving a commencement speech, I probably would’ve laughed—and laughed hard. Growing up on a farm in South America, I never imagined I’d become a Ph.D. Then again, I never could’ve imagined myself at 18, a U.S. Navy sailor launching jets off an aircraft carrier, or four years later as a laboratory scientist working with tier-one infectious agents.”

    “Let’s be bold!” Delgado added, “We chose these paths—medicine, dentistry, public health, and biomedical research—because we care. We are driven by a desire to help, to heal, to discover, and to improve lives. That shared purpose is what unites us. And now, with our degrees in hand, it’s time to turn the passion that brought us here into action. It is our time! Keep growing. Keep showing up. Keep making a difference because the world needs what we bring. From this moment on, it is our turn.”

    The dental school’s Commencement student speaker was Dr. Kristina Dubois who earned her DMD degree. She has always been captivated by people’s smiles and guided by a deep sense of empathy and a passion for helping others, so she naturally gravitated toward a career in dental medicine. She is a dental assistant turned dentist.

    “Each patient who enters our practices brings their stories, hopes, and fears. Whether it’s the comforting smile we share with a nervous child or the patience and empathy we extend to an anxious adult, we must approach every interaction with compassion and understanding, even when our patients lie about how often they floss. But let’s be honest, don’t we all,” said Dubois.

    She concluded, “My fellow graduates, as we embark on our professional journeys, I encourage each of you to carry this message with you. Throughout each patient encounter, remember that your words, touch, and empathy leave a lasting impact. We are not merely practitioners of dentistry; we are healers and caregivers. Let’s never reduce our work to procedures and paperwork. Let’s choose to be the kind of doctors who make our patient’s feel seen, heard, and safe.”

     

    Watch the replay of the livestream of UConn Health’s 54th Commencement. 

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI Europe: Text adopted – Ninth report on economic and social cohesion – P10_TA(2025)0098 – Thursday, 8 May 2025 – Strasbourg

    Source: European Parliament

    The European Parliament,

    –  having regard to Articles 2 and 3 of the Treaty on European Union,

    –  having regard to Articles 4, 162, 174 to 178, and 349 of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union (TFEU),

    –  having regard to Regulation (EU) 2021/1060 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 June 2021 laying down common provisions on the European Regional Development Fund, the European Social Fund Plus, the Cohesion Fund, the Just Transition Fund and the European Maritime, Fisheries and Aquaculture Fund and financial rules for those and for the Asylum, Migration and Integration Fund, the Internal Security Fund and the Instrument for Financial Support for Border Management and Visa Policy(1) (Common Provisions Regulation),

    –  having regard to Regulation (EU) 2021/1058 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 June 2021 on the European Regional Development Fund and on the Cohesion Fund(2),

    –  having regard to Regulation (EU) 2021/1059 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 June 2021 on specific provisions for the European territorial cooperation goal (Interreg) supported by the European Regional Development Fund and external financing instruments(3),

    –  having regard to Regulation (EU) 2021/1057 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 June 2021 establishing the European Social Fund Plus (ESF+) and repealing Regulation (EU) No 1296/2013(4),

    –  having regard to Regulation (EU) 2021/1056 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 June 2021 establishing the Just Transition Fund(5),

    –  having regard to Regulation (EU) 2021/2115 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 2 December 2021 establishing rules on support for strategic plans to be drawn up by Member States under the common agricultural policy (CAP Strategic Plans) and financed by the European Agricultural Guarantee Fund (EAGF) and by the European Agricultural Fund for Rural Development (EAFRD) and repealing Regulations (EU) No 1305/2013 and (EU) No 1307/2013(6),

    –  having regard to Regulation (EU) 2020/460 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 30 March 2020 amending Regulations (EU) No 1301/2013, (EU) No 1303/2013 and (EU) No 508/2014 as regards specific measures to mobilise investments in the healthcare systems of Member States and in other sectors of their economies in response to the COVID-19 outbreak (Coronavirus Response Investment Initiative)(7),

    –  having regard to Regulation (EU) 2020/558 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 23 April 2020 amending Regulations (EU) No 1301/2013 and (EU) No 1303/2013 as regards specific measures to provide exceptional flexibility for the use of the European Structural and Investments Funds in response to the COVID-19 outbreak(8),

    –  having regard to Regulation (EU) 2020/461 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 30 March 2020 amending Council Regulation (EC) No 2012/2002 in order to provide financial assistance to Member States and to countries negotiating their accession to the Union that are seriously affected by a major public health emergency(9),

    –  having regard to Regulation (EU) 2020/2221 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 23 December 2020 amending Regulation (EU) No 1303/2013 as regards additional resources and implementing arrangements to provide assistance for fostering crisis repair in the context of the COVID-19 pandemic and its social consequences and for preparing a green, digital and resilient recovery of the economy (REACT-EU)(10),

    –  having regard to Regulation (EU) 2022/562 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 6 April 2022 amending Regulations (EU) No 1303/2013 and (EU) No 223/2014 as regards Cohesion’s Action for Refugees in Europe (CARE)(11),

    –  having regard to Regulation (EU) 2022/2039 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 19 October 2022 amending Regulations (EU) No 1303/2013 and (EU) 2021/1060 as regards additional flexibility to address the consequences of the military aggression of the Russian Federation FAST (Flexible Assistance for Territories) – CARE(12),

    –  having regard to the URBACT programme for sustainable urban cooperation, established in 2002,

    –  having regard to the Urban Agenda for the EU of 30 May 2016,

    –  having regard to the Territorial Agenda 2030 of 1 December 2020,

    –  having regard to the 9th Cohesion Report, published by the Commission on 27 March 2024(13), and the Commission communication of 27 March 2024 on the 9th Cohesion Report (COM(2024)0149),

    –  having regard to the study entitled ‘The future of EU cohesion: Scenarios and their impacts on regional inequalities’, published by the European Parliamentary Research Service in December 2024,

    –  having regard to the Commission report of February 2024 entitled ‘Forging a sustainable future together – Cohesion for a competitive and inclusive Europe’(14),

    –  having regard to the opinion of the European Economic and Social Committee of 31 May 2024 on the 9th Cohesion Report(15),

    –  having regard to the opinion of the Committee of the Regions of 21 November 2024 entitled ‘A renewed Cohesion Policy post 2027 that leaves no one behind – CoR responses to the 9th Cohesion Report and the Report of the Group of High-Level Specialists on the Future of Cohesion Policy’,

    –  having regard to the report entitled ‘The future of European competitiveness – A competitiveness strategy for Europe’, published by the Commission on 9 September 2024,

    –  having regard to the agreement adopted at the 21st Conference of the Parties to the UN Framework Convention on Climate Change (COP21) in Paris on 12 December 2015 (the Paris Agreement),

    –  having regard to the study entitled ‘Streamlining EU Cohesion Funds: addressing administrative burdens and redundancy’, published by its Directorate-General for Internal Policies of the Union in November 2024(16),

    –  having regard to a Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council of 7 May 2025 on the Border Regions’ Instrument for Development and Growth in the EU (BRIDGEforEU)(17),

    –  having regard to the Commission communication of 3 May 2022 entitled ‘Putting people first, securing sustainable and inclusive growth, unlocking the potential of the EU’s outermost regions’ (COM(2022)0198),

    –  having regard to the opinion in the form of a letter from the Committee on Agriculture and Rural Development(18),

    –  having regard to its resolution of 25 March 2021 on cohesion policy and regional environment strategies in the fight against climate change(19),

    –  having regard to its resolution of 20 May 2021 on reversing demographic trends in EU regions using cohesion policy instruments(20),

    –  having regard to its resolution of 14 September 2021 entitled ‘Towards a stronger partnership with the EU outermost regions(21),

    –  having regard to its resolution of 15 September 2022 on economic, social and territorial cohesion in the EU: the 8th Cohesion Report(22),

    –  having regard to its resolution of 21 November 2023 on possibilities to increase the reliability of audits and controls by national authorities in shared management(23),

    –  having regard to its resolution of 23 November 2023 on harnessing talent in Europe’s regions(24),

    –  having regard to its resolution of 14 March 2024 entitled ‘Cohesion policy 2014-2020 – implementation and outcomes in the Member States(25),

    –  having regard to Rule 55 of its Rules of Procedure,

    –  having regard to the report of the Committee on Regional Development (A10-0066/2025),

    A.  whereas cohesion policy is at the heart of EU policies and is the EU’s main tool for investments in sustainable economic, social and territorial development, and contributing to the Green Deal objectives, across the EU under its multiannual financial frameworks for the periods of 2014-2020 and 2021-2027; whereas cohesion policy, as mandated by the Treaties, is fundamental for a well-functioning and thriving internal market by promoting the development of all regions in the EU, and especially the less developed ones;

    B.  whereas cohesion policy has fostered economic, social and territorial convergence in the EU, notably by increasing the gross domestic products, for example, of central and eastern EU Member States, which went from 43 % of the EU average in 1995 to around 80 % in 2023; whereas the 9th Cohesion Report highlights that, by the end of 2022, cohesion policy supported over 4,4 million businesses, creating more than 370 000 jobs in these companies; whereas it also underlines that cohesion policy generates a significant return on investment, and that each euro invested in the 2014–2020 and 2021–2027 programmes will have generated 1,3 euros of additional GDP in the Union by 2030; whereas cohesion policy constituted, on average, around 13 % of total public investment in the EU(26);

    C.  whereas the Commission report entitled ‘The long-term vision for the EU’s rural areas: key achievements and ways forward’, presented alongside the ninth Cohesion Report, underlines that EUR 24,6 billion, or 8 % of the rural development pillar of the common agricultural policy, is directed towards investments in rural areas beyond farming investments, setting the scene for a debate on the future of rural areas;

    D.  whereas between 2021 and 2027, cohesion policy will have invested over EUR 140 billion in the green and digital transitions(27), to help improve networks and infrastructure, support nature conservation, improve green and digital skills and foster job creation and services for the public;

    E.  whereas despite the widely acknowledged and proven positive impact of cohesion policy on social, economic and territorial convergence, significant challenges remain, marked notably by development disparities at sub-national level, within regions and in regions caught in a development trap, and by the impact of climate change, in terms of demography, the digital and green transitions, and connectivity, but also in terms of sustainable economic development, in particular in least developed regions and rural and remote areas;

    F.  whereas cohesion policy and sectoral programmes of the EU have repeatedly and efficiently helped regions to respond effectively to emergencies and asymmetric shocks such as the COVID-19 crisis, Brexit, the energy crisis and the refugee crisis caused by Russia’s invasion of Ukraine, as well as natural disasters, even though it is a long-term, structural policy and not a crisis management instrument or the ‘go-to’ emergency response funding mechanism; whereas such crises have delayed the implementation of the European Structural and Investment Funds and whereas a considerable number of projects financed with Recovery and Resilience Facility (RRF) funds have been taken for the most part from projects that had been slated for investment under cohesion policy;

    G.  whereas despite measures already taken for the 2014-2020 and 2021-2027 periods, the regulatory framework governing the use and administration of cohesion policy instruments and funds should be further simplified and interoperable digital tools better used and developed, including the establishment of one-stop digitalised service centres, with the objective of streamlining procedures, enhancing stakeholder trust, reducing the administrative burden, increasing flexibility in fund management and speeding up payments, not only for the relevant authorities but also for the final beneficiaries; whereas it is necessary to increase the scope for using funds more flexibly, including the possibility of financing the development of dual-use products; whereas it is of utmost importance to formulate any future cohesion policy with a strategic impetus throughout the funding period, which could, however, be reassessed at midterm;

    H.  whereas the low absorption rate of the 2021-2027 cohesion policy funds, currently at just 6 %, is not because of a lack of need from Member States or regions, but rather stems from delays in the approval of operational programmes, the transition period between financial frameworks, the prioritisation of NextGenerationEU by national managing authorities, limited administrative capacity and complex bureaucratic procedures; whereas Member States and regions may not rush to absorb all available funds as they anticipate a possible extension under the N+2 or N+3 rules;

    I.  whereas radical modifications to the cohesion regulatory framework, from one programming period to the next, contribute to generating insecurity among the authorities responsible and beneficiaries, gold-plating legislation, increasing error rates (and the accompanying negative reputational and financial consequences), delays in implementation and, ultimately, disaffection among beneficiaries and the general population;

    J.  whereas there is sometimes competition between cohesion funds, emergency funds and sectoral policies;

    K.  whereas demographic changes vary significantly across EU regions, with the populations of some Member States facing a projected decline in the coming years and others projected to grow; whereas demographic changes also take place between regions, including movement away from outermost regions, but are generally observed as movement from rural to urban areas within Member States, wherein women are leaving rural areas in greater numbers than men, but also to metropolitan areas, where villages around big cities encounter difficulties in investing in basic infrastructure; whereas the provision of essential services such as healthcare, education and transportation must be reinforced in all regions, with a particular focus on rural and remote areas; whereas a stronger focus is needed on areas suffering from depopulation and inadequate services, requiring targeted measures to encourage young people to remain through entrepreneurship projects, high-quality agriculture and sustainable tourism;

    L.  whereas taking account of the ageing population is crucial in order to ensure justice among the generations and thereby to strengthen participation, especially among young people;

    M.  whereas urban areas are burdened by new challenges resulting from the population influx to cities, as well as rising housing and energy prices, requiring the necessary housing development, new environmental protection and energy-saving measures, such as accelerated deep renovation to combat energy poverty and promote energy efficiency; whereas the EU cohesion policy should help to contribute to an affordable and accessible housing market for all people in the EU, especially for low- and middle-income households, urban residents, families with children, women and young people;

    N.  whereas effective implementation of the Urban Agenda for the EU can enhance the capacity of cities to contribute to cohesion objectives, thereby improving the quality of life of citizens and guaranteeing a more efficient use of the EU’s financial resources;

    O.  whereas particular attention needs to be paid to rural areas, as well as areas affected by industrial transition and EU regions that suffer from severe and permanent natural or demographic handicaps, brain drain, climate-related risks and water scarcity, such as the outermost regions, and in particular islands located at their peripheries or at the periphery of the EU, sparsely populated regions, islands, mountainous areas and cross-border regions, as well as coastal and maritime regions;

    P.  whereas Russia’s war of aggression against Ukraine has created a new geopolitical reality that has had a strong impact on the employment, economic development and opportunities, and general well-being of the population living in regions bordering Ukraine, Belarus and Russia, as well as candidate countries such as Ukraine and Moldova, which therefore require special attention and support, including by accordingly adapting cohesion policy; whereas this war has led to an unprecedented number of people seeking shelter in the EU, placing an additional burden on local communities and services; whereas the collective security of the EU is strongly dependent on the vitality and well-being of regions situated at the EU’s external borders;

    Q.  whereas the unique situation of Northern Ireland requires a bespoke approach building on the benefits of PEACE programmes examining how wider cohesion policy can benefit the process of reconciliation;

    R.  whereas 79 % of citizens who are aware of EU-funded projects under cohesion policy believe that EU-funded projects have a positive impact on the regions(28), which contributes to a pro-EU attitude;

    S.  whereas overall awareness of EU-funded projects under cohesion policy has decreased by 2 percentage points since 2021(29), meaning that greater decentralisation should be pursued to bring cohesion policy even closer to the citizen;

    1.  Insists that the regional and local focus, place-based approach and strategic planning of cohesion policy, as well as its decentralised programming and implementation model based on the partnership principle with strengthened implementation of the European code of conduct, the involvement of economic and civil society actors, and multi-level governance, are key and positive elements of the policy, and determine its effectiveness; is firmly convinced that this model of cohesion policy should be continued in all regions and deepened where possible as the EU’s main long-term investment instrument for reducing disparities, ensuring economic, social and territorial cohesion, and stimulating regional and local sustainable growth in line with EU strategies, protecting the environment, and as a key contributor to EU competitiveness and just transition, as well as helping to cope with new challenges ahead;

    2.  Calls for a clear demarcation between cohesion policy and other instruments, in order to avoid overlaps and competition between EU instruments, ensure complementarity of the various interventions and increase visibility and readability of EU support; in this context, notes that the RRF funds are committed to economic development and growth, without specifically focusing on economic, social and territorial cohesion between regions; is concerned about the Commission’s plans to apply a performance-based approach to the European Structural and Investment Funds (ESIF); acknowledges that performance-based mechanisms can be instrumental in making the policy more efficient and results-orientated, but cautions against a one-size-fits-all imposition of the model and expresses serious doubt about ideas to link the disbursement of ESIF to the fulfilment of centrally defined reform goals, even more so if the reform goals do not fall within the scope of competence of the regional level;

    3.  Is opposed to any form of top-down centralisation reform of EU funding programmes, including those under shared management, such as the cohesion policy and the common agricultural policy, and advocates for greater decentralisation of decision-making to the local and regional levels; calls for enhanced involvement of local and regional authorities and economic and civil society actors at every stage of EU shared management programmes, from preparation and programming to implementation, delivery and evaluation, keeping in mind that the economic and social development of, and territorial cohesion between, regions can only be accomplished on the basis of good cooperation between all actors;

    4.  Emphasises that the European Agricultural Fund for Rural Development (EAFRD) plays a key role, alongside cohesion policy funds, in supporting rural areas; stresses that the EAFRD’s design must align with the rules of cohesion policy funds to boost synergies and facilitate multi-funded rural development projects;

    5.  Is convinced that cohesion policy can only continue to play its role if it has solid funding; underlines that this implies that future cohesion policy must be provided with robust funding for the post-2027 financial period; stresses that it is necessary to provide funding that is ambitious enough and easily accessible to allow cohesion policy to continue to fulfil its role as the EU’s main investment policy, while retaining the flexibility to meet potential new challenges, including the possibility of financing the development of dual-use products, and to enable local authorities, stakeholders and beneficiaries to effectively foster local development; is of the firm opinion that the capacity to offer flexible responses to unpredictable challenges should not come at the expense of the clear long-term strategic focus and objectives of cohesion policy;

    6.  Underlines the importance of the next EU multiannual financial framework (MFF) and the mid-term review of cohesion policy programmes 2021-2027 in shaping the future of cohesion policy; reiterates the need for a more ambitious post-2027 cohesion policy in the next MFF 2028-2034; calls, therefore, for the upcoming MFF to ensure that cohesion policy continues to receive at least the same level of funding as in the current period in real terms; furthermore calls for cohesion policy to remain a separate heading in the new MFF; stresses that cohesion policy should be protected from statistical effects that may alter the eligibility of regions by changing the average EU GDP; reiterates the need for new EU own resources;

    7.  Proposes, therefore, that next MFF be more responsive to unforeseen needs, including with sufficient margins and flexibilities from the outset; emphasises in this regard, however, that cohesion policy is not a crisis instrument and that it should not deviate from its main objectives, namely from its long-term investment nature; calls for the European Union Solidarity Fund to be strengthened, including in its pre-financing, making it less bureaucratic and more easily accessible, in order to develop an appropriate instrument capable of responding adequately to the economic, social and territorial consequences of future natural disasters or health emergencies; emphasises the need for Parliament to have adequate control over any emergency funds and instruments;

    8.  Recognises the need to also use nomenclature of territorial units for statistics (NUTS) 3 classification for specific cases, in a manner that recognises that inequalities in development exist within all NUTS 2 regions; is of the opinion that regional GDP per capita must remain the main criterion for determining Member States’ allocations under cohesion policy; welcomes the fact that, following Parliament’s persistent calls, the Commission has begun considering additional criteria(30) such as greenhouse gas emissions, population density, education levels and unemployment rates, in order to provide a better socio-economic overview of the regions;

    9.  Stresses that the rule of law conditionality is an overarching conditionality, recognising and enforcing respect for the rule of law, also as an enabling condition for cohesion policy funding, to ensure that Union resources are used in a transparent, fair and responsible manner with sound financial management; considers it necessary to reinforce respect for the rule of law and fundamental rights, and to ensure that all actions are consistent with supporting democratic principles, gender equality and human rights, including workers’ rights, the rights of disabled people and children’s rights, in the implementation of cohesion policy; highlights the important role of the European Anti-Fraud Office and the European Public Prosecutor’s Office in protecting the financial interests of the Union;

    10.  Calls for further efforts to simplify, make more flexible, strengthen synergies and streamline the rules and administrative procedures governing cohesion policy funds at EU, national and regional level, taking full advantage of the technologies available to increase accessibility and efficiency, building on the existing and well-established shared management framework, in order to strengthen confidence among users, thus encouraging the participation of a broader range of economic and civil society actors in projects supported and maximising the funds’ impact; calls for further initiatives enabling better absorption of cohesion funds, including increased co-financing levels, higher pre-financing and faster investment reimbursements; calls for local administration, in particular representing smaller communities, to be technically trained for better administrative management of the funds; stresses, therefore, the importance of strengthening the single audit principle, further expanding simplified cost options and reducing duplicating controls and audits that overlap with national and regional oversight for the same project and beneficiary, with a view to eliminating the possibility of repeating errors in subsequent years of implementation;

    11.  Calls on the Commission and the Member States to give regions greater flexibility already at the programming stage, in order to cater for their particular needs and specificities, emphasising the need to involve the economic and civil society actors; underlines that thematic concentration was a key element in aligning cohesion policy with Europe 2020 objectives; asks the Commission, therefore, to present all findings related to the implementation of thematic concentration and to draw lessons for future legislative proposals;

    12.  Acknowledges that the green, digital and demographic transitions present significant challenges but, at the same time, opportunities to achieve the objective of economic, social and territorial cohesion; recognises that, statistically, high-income areas can hide the economic problems within a region; is aware of the risk of a widening of regional disparities, a deepening of social inequalities and a rising ‘geography of discontent’ related to the transition process; underlines the need to reach the EU’s sustainability and climate objectives, and to maintain shared economic growth by strengthening the Union’s competitiveness; calls, therefore, for a European strategy that guarantees harmonious growth within the Union, meeting the respective regions’ specific needs; reaffirms its commitment to pursuing the green and digital transitions, as this will create opportunities to improve the EU’s competitiveness; underlines the need to invest in infrastructure projects that enhance connectivity, particularly in sustainable, intelligent transport, and in energy and digital networks, ensuring that all regions, including remote and less-developed ones, are fully integrated into the single market and benefit equitably from the opportunities it provides; emphasises, in this context, the need to support the development of green industries, fostering local specificities and traditions to increase the resilience of the economic environment and civil society to future challenges;

    13.  Urges that the cohesion policy remain consistent with a push towards increasing innovation and completing the EU single market, in line with the conclusions of the Draghi report on European competitiveness; underlines, in the context of regional disparities, the problem of the persisting innovation divide and advocates for a tailored, place-based approach to fostering innovation and economic convergence across regions and reducing the innovation gap; calls for a stronger role for local and regional innovation in building competitive research and innovation ecosystems and promoting territorial cohesion; points to new EU initiatives, such as regional innovation valleys and partnerships for regional innovation, that aim to connect territories with different levels of innovation performance and tackle the innovation gap; considers that this approach will reinforce regional autonomy, allowing local and regional authorities to shape EU policies and objectives in line with their specific needs, characteristics and capacities, while safeguarding the partnership principle;

    14.  Is convinced that cohesion policy needs to continue to foster the principle of just transition, addressing the specific needs of regions, while leaving no territory and no one behind; calls for continued financing of the just transition process, with the Just Transition Fund being fully integrated into the Common Provisions Regulation and endowed with reinforced financial means for the post-2027 programming period; emphasises, nonetheless, the need to assess the impact of the Just Transition Fund on the transformation of eligible regions and, while ensuring it remains part of cohesion policy, refine its approach in the new MFF on the basis of the findings and concrete measures to ensure the economic and social well-being of affected communities;

    15.  Underlines the need to improve the relationship between cohesion policy and EU economic governance, while avoiding a punitive approach; stresses that the European Semester should comply with cohesion policy objectives under Articles 174 and 175 TFEU; calls for the participation of the regions in the fulfilment of these objectives and for a stronger territorial approach; calls for a process of reflection on the concept of macroeconomic conditionality and for the possibility to be explored of replacing this concept with new forms of conditionality to better reflect the new challenges ahead;

    16.  Is concerned about the growing number of regions in a development trap, which are stagnating economically and are suffering from sharp demographic decline and limited access to essential services; calls, therefore, for an upward adjustment in co-financing for projects aimed at strengthening essential services; stresses the role of cohesion policy instruments in supporting different regions and local areas that are coping with demographic evolution affecting people’s effective right to stay, including, among others, challenges related to depopulation, ageing, gender imbalances, brain drain, skills shortages and workforce imbalances across regions; recognises the need for targeted economic incentives and structural interventions to counteract these phenomena; in this context, calls for the implementation of targeted programmes to attract, develop and retain talent, particularly in regions experiencing significant outflows of skilled workers, by fostering education, culture, entrepreneurship and innovation ecosystems that align with local and regional economic needs and opportunities;

    17.  Recognises the importance of supporting and financing specific solutions for regions with long-standing and serious economic difficulties or severe permanent natural and demographic handicaps; reiterates the need for maintaining and improving the provision of quality essential services (such as education and healthcare), transport and digital connectivity of these regions, fostering their economic diversification and job creation, and helping them respond to challenges such as rural desertification, population ageing, poverty, depopulation, loneliness and isolation, as well as the lack of opportunities for vulnerable people such as persons with disabilities; underlines the need to prioritise the development and adequate funding of strategic sectors, such as renewable energy, sustainable tourism, digital innovation and infrastructure, in a manner that is tailored to the economic potential and resources of each region, in order to create broader conditions for endogenous growth and balanced development across all regions, especially rural, remote and less-developed areas, border regions, islands and outermost regions; recalls the importance of strong rural-urban linkages and particular support for women in rural areas;

    18.  Emphasises the need for a tailored approach for the outermost regions, as defined under Article 349 TFEU, which face unique and cumulative structural challenges due to their remoteness, small market size, vulnerability to climate change and economic dependencies; underlines that these permanent constraints, including the small size of the domestic economy, great distance from the European continent, location near third countries, double insularity for most of them, and limited diversification of the productive sector, result in additional costs and reduced competitiveness, making their adaptation to the green and digital transition particularly complex and costly; underlines their great potential to further develop, inter alia through improved regional connectivity, key sectors such as blue economy, sustainable agriculture, renewable energies, space activities, research or eco-tourism; reiterates its long-standing call on the Commission to duly consider the impact of all newly proposed legislation on the outermost regions, with a view to avoiding disproportionate regulatory burdens and adverse effects on these regions’ economies;

    19.  Underlines the fact that towns, cities and metropolitan areas have challenges of their own, such as considerable pockets of poverty, housing problems, traffic congestion and poor air quality, generating challenges for social and economic cohesion created by inharmonious territorial development; emphasises the need for a specific agenda for cities and calls for deepening their links with functional urban areas, encompassing smaller cities and towns, to ensure that economic and social benefits are spread more evenly across the entire territory; highlights the need to strengthen coordination between the initiatives of the Urban Agenda for the EU and the instruments of cohesion policy, favouring an integrated approach that takes into account territorial specificities and emerging challenges; calls, furthermore, for more direct access to EU funding for regional and local authorities, as well as cities and urban authorities, by inter alia widening the use of integrated territorial investments (ITI);

    20.  Stresses the need to continue and strengthen investments in affordable housing within the cohesion policy framework, recognising its significance for both regions and cities; highlights the need to foster its changes relevant to investing in housing beyond the two current possibilities (energy efficiency and social housing); emphasises the important role that cohesion policy plays in the roll-out and coordination of these initiatives; believes, furthermore, that it is important to include housing affordability in the URBACT initiative;

    21.  Stresses the strategic importance of strong external border regions for the security and resilience of the EU; calls on the Commission to support the Member States and regions affected by Russia’s war of aggression against Ukraine, in particular the regions on the EU’s eastern border, by revising the Guidelines on regional State aid(31), through tailor-made tools and investments under the cohesion policy, as well as supporting them to make the most of the possibilities offered by the cohesion policy funds, including Interreg, in a flexible way, to help cope with the detrimental socio-economic impact of the war on their populations and territories; calls, furthermore, for support to be given to regions bordering candidate countries such as Ukraine and Moldova to strengthen connections and promote their EU integration;

    22.  Highlights the added value of territorial cooperation in general and cross-border cooperation in particular; underlines the importance of Interreg for cross-border regions, including outermost regions; emphasises its important role in contributing to their development and overcoming cross-border obstacles, including building trust across borders, developing transport links, identifying and reducing legal and administrative obstacles and increasing the provision and use of cross-border public services, among others; considers Interreg as the main EU instrument for tackling the persistent cross-border obstacles faced by emergency services, and proposes that there be a more prominent focus on these services; underlines the fact that cross-border areas, including areas at the EU’s external borders, bordering aggressor countries often face specific challenges; believes that EU border regions, facing multiple challenges, must be supported and is of the opinion that they must be provided with increased means; welcomes the new regulation on BRIDGEforEU; emphasises the importance of small-scale and cross-border projects and stresses the need for effective implementation on the ground; calls on the Commission to encourage Member States to actively support awareness-raising campaigns in bordering regions to maximise the impact of cross-border cooperation;

    23.  Recalls the need to ‘support cohesion’, rather than just rely on the ‘do no harm to cohesion’ principle, which means that no action should hamper the convergence process or contribute to regional disparities; calls for a stronger integration of these principles as cross-cutting in all EU policies, to ensure that they support the objectives of social, economic and territorial cohesion, as set out in Articles 3 and 174 TFEU; calls, furthermore, on the Commission to issue specific guidelines on how to implement and enforce these principles across EU policies, paying particular attention to the impact of EU laws on the competitiveness of less developed regions; reiterates that new legislative proposals need to take due account of local and regional realities; suggests that the Commission draw on innovative tools such as RegHUB (the network of regional hubs) to collect data on the impact of EU policies on the regions; to this end, underlines the need to strengthen the territorial impact assessment of EU legislation, with a simultaneous strengthening of the territorial aspects of other relevant policies; insists that promoting cohesion should also be seen as a way of fostering solidarity and mutual support among Member States and their regions; calls on the Commission and the Member States to continue their efforts regarding communication and visibility of the benefits of cohesion policy, demonstrating to citizens the EU’s tangible impact and serving as a key tool in addressing Euroscepticism; welcomes the launch of the multilingual version of the Kohesio platform;

    24.  Notes with concern the severe decline in recent years of adequate levels of national funding by Member States towards their poorer regions; recalls the importance of respecting the EU rule on additionality; calls on the Commission to ensure that national authorities take due account of internal cohesion in drafting and implementing structural and investment fund projects;

    25.  Insists that, in addition to adjusting to regional needs, cohesion policy must be adapted to the smallest scale, i.e. funds must be accessible to the smallest projects and project bearers; points out that their initiatives are often the most innovative and have a significant impact on rural development; reiterates that these funds should be accessible to all, regardless of their size or scope; approves of the Cohesion Alliance’s call for ‘a post-2027 Cohesion Policy that leaves no one behind’;

    26.  Stresses that delays in the MFF negotiations, together with the fact that Member States have placed a greater focus on the programming of the RRF funds, led to considerable delays in the programming period 2021-2027; stresses the importance of a timely agreement in the next framework, and therefore calls for the Common Provisions Regulation (CPR) and the budget negotiations to be finalised at least one year before the start of the new funding period so that Member States can develop their national and regional funding strategies in good time to ensure a successful transition to the next funding period and the continuation of existing ESIF projects;

    27.  Instructs its President to forward this resolution to the Council, the Commission, the European Economic and Social Committee, the European Committee of the Regions and the national and regional parliaments of the Member States.

    (1) OJ L 231, 30.6.2021, p. 159, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2021/1060/oj.
    (2) OJ L 231, 30.6.2021, p. 60, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2021/1058/oj.
    (3) OJ L 231, 30.6.2021, p. 94, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2021/1059/oj.
    (4) OJ L 231, 30.6.2021, p. 21, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2021/1057/oj.
    (5) OJ L 231, 30.6.2021, p. 1, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2021/1056/oj.
    (6) OJ L 435, 6.12.2021, p. 1, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2021/2115/oj.
    (7) OJ L 99, 31.3.2020, p. 5, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2020/460/oj.
    (8) OJ L 130, 24.4.2020, p. 1, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2020/558/oj.
    (9) OJ L 99, 31.3.2020, p. 9, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2020/461/oj.
    (10) OJ L 437, 28.12.2020, p. 30, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2020/2221/oj.
    (11) OJ L 109, 8.4.2022, p. 1, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2022/562/oj.
    (12) OJ L 275, 25.10.2022, p. 23, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2022/2039/oj.
    (13) European Commission: Directorate-General for Regional and Urban Policy, Ninth report on economic, social and territorial cohesion, 2024.
    (14) European Commission: Directorate-General for Regional and Urban Policy, Forging a sustainable future together: Cohesion for a competitive and inclusive Europe – Report of the High-Level Group on the Future of Cohesion Policy, February 2024.
    (15) OJ C, C/2024/4668, 9.8.2024, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/C/2024/4668/oj.
    (16) European Parliament: Policy Department for Structural and Cohesion Policies, Directorate-General for Internal Policies, Streamlining EU Cohesion funds – addressing administrative burdens and redundancy, 2024.
    (17) Not yet published in the Official Journal.
    (18) Not yet published in the Official Journal.
    (19) OJ C 494, 8.12.2021, p. 26.
    (20) OJ C 15, 12.1.2022, p. 125.
    (21) OJ C 117, 11.3.2022, p. 18.
    (22) OJ C 125, 5.4.2023, p. 100.
    (23) OJ C, C/2024/4207, 24.7.2024, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/C/2024/4207/oj.
    (24) OJ C, C/2024/4225, 24.7.2024, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/C/2024/4225/oj.
    (25) OJ C, C/2024/6562, 12.11.2024, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/C/2024/6562/oj.
    (26) European Commission, Ninth report on economic, social and territorial cohesion, op.cit.
    (27) European Commission: Ninth report on economic, social and territorial cohesion, op. cit.
    (28) European Commission: Directorate-General for Regional and Urban Policy and Directorate-General for Communication, Citizens’ awareness and perceptions of EU Regional Policy, Flash Eurobarometer 531, 2023.
    (29) Flash Eurobarometer 531, op. cit.
    (30) European Court of Auditors, Rapid case review – Allocation of Cohesion policy funding to Member States for 2021-2027, March 2019.
    (31) Commission communication of 29 April 2021 entitled ‘Guidelines on regional State aid’ (OJ C 153, 29.4.2021, p. 1).

    MIL OSI Europe News

  • MIL-OSI Europe: Text adopted – A revamped long-term budget for the Union in a changing world – P10_TA(2025)0090 – Wednesday, 7 May 2025 – Strasbourg

    Source: European Parliament

    The European Parliament,

    –  having regard to Articles 311, 312, 323 and 324 of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union (TFEU),

    –  having regard to Council Regulation (EU, Euratom) 2020/2093 of 17 December 2020 laying down the multiannual financial framework for the years 2021 to 2027(1) and to the joint declarations agreed between Parliament, the Council and the Commission in this context and the related unilateral declarations,

    –  having regard to Council Decision (EU, Euratom) 2020/2053 of 14 December 2020 on the system of own resources of the European Union and repealing Decision 2014/335/EU, Euratom(2),

    –  having regard to the amended Commission proposal of 23 June 2023 for a Council decision amending Decision (EU, Euratom) 2020/2053 on the system of own resources of the European Union (COM(2023)0331),

    –  having regard to the Interinstitutional Agreement of 16 December 2020 between the European Parliament, the Council of the European Union and the European Commission on budgetary discipline, on cooperation in budgetary matters and on sound financial management, as well as on new own resources, including a roadmap towards the introduction of new own resources(3) (the IIA),

    –  having regard to Regulation (EU, Euratom) 2024/2509 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 23 September 2024 on the financial rules applicable to the general budget of the Union (recast)(4) (the Financial Regulation),

    –  having regard to Regulation (EU, Euratom) 2020/2092 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 16 December 2020 on a general regime of conditionality for the protection of the Union budget(5) (the Rule of Law Conditionality Regulation),

    –  having regard to its position of 27 February 2024 on the draft Council regulation amending Regulation (EU, Euratom) 2020/2093 laying down the multiannual financial framework for the years 2021 to 2027(6),

    –  having regard to its resolution of 10 May 2023 on own resources: a new start for EU finances, a new start for Europe(7),

    –  having regard to its resolution of 15 December 2022 on upscaling the 2021-2027 multiannual financial framework: a resilient EU budget fit for new challenges(8),

    –  having regard to its position of 16 December 2020 on the draft Council regulation laying down the multiannual financial framework for the years 2021 to 2027(9),

    –  having regard to the Interinstitutional Proclamation on the European Pillar of Social Rights of 13 December 2017(10) and to the Commission Action Plan of 4 March 2021 on the implementation of the European Pillar of Social Rights (COM(2021)0102),

    –  having regard to the Agreement adopted at the 15th Conference of the Parties to the Convention on Biological Diversity (COP 15) in Montreal on 19 December 2022 (Kunming-Montreal Global Biodiversity Framework),

    –  having regard to the Agreement adopted at the 21st Conference of the Parties to the UNFCCC (COP 21) in Paris on 12 December 2015 (the Paris Agreement),

    –  having regard to the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals,

    –  having regard to the report of 30 October 2024 by Sauli Niinistö entitled ‘Safer together – strengthening Europe’s civilian and military preparedness and readiness’ (the Niinistö report),

    –  having regard to the report of 9 September 2024 by Mario Draghi entitled ‘The future of European competitiveness’ (the Draghi report),

    –  having regard to the report of 4 September 2024 of the Strategic Dialogue on the Future of EU Agriculture entitled ‘A shared prospect for farming and food in Europe’,

    –  having regard to the report of 17 April 2024 by Enrico Letta entitled ‘Much more than a market – speed, security, solidarity: empowering the Single Market to deliver a sustainable future and prosperity for all EU Citizens’ (the Letta report),

    –  having regard to the report of 20 February 2024 of the High-Level Group on the Future of Cohesion Policy entitled ‘Forging a sustainable future together – cohesion for a competitive and inclusive Europe’,

    –  having regard to the Budapest Declaration on the New European Competitiveness Deal,

    –  having regard to the joint communication of 26 March 2025 entitled ‘European Preparedness Union Strategy’ (JOIN(2025)0130),

    –  having regard to the joint white paper of 19 March 2025 entitled ‘European Defence Readiness 2030’ (JOIN(2025)0120),

    –  having regard to the Commission communication of 7 March 2025 entitled ‘A Roadmap for Women’s Rights’ (COM(2025)0097),

    –  having regard to the Commission communication of 26 February 2025 entitled ‘The Clean Industrial Deal: a joint roadmap for competitiveness and decarbonisation’ (COM(2025)0085),

    –  having regard to the Commission communication of 19 February 2025 entitled ‘A Vision for Agriculture and Food’ (COM(2025)0075),

    –  having regard to the Commission communication of 11 February 2025 entitled ‘The road to the next multiannual financial framework’ (COM(2025)0046),

    –  having regard to the Commission communication of 29 January 2025 entitled ‘A Competitiveness Compass for the EU’ (COM(2025)0030),

    –  having regard to the Commission communication of 9 December 2021 entitled ‘Building an economy that works for people: an action plan for the social economy’ (COM(2021)0778),

    –  having regard to the European Council conclusions of 20 March 2025, 6 March 2025 and 19 December 2024,

    –  having regard to the political guidelines of 18 July 2024 for the next European Commission 2024-2029,

    –  having regard to the opinion of the Committee of the Regions of 20 November 2024 entitled ‘EU budget and place-based policies: proposals for new design and delivery mechanisms in the MFF post-2027’(11),

    –  having regard to Rule 55 of its Rules of Procedure,

    –  having regard to the opinions of the Committee on Foreign Affairs, the Committee on Development, the Committee on Budgetary Control, the Committee on Economic and Monetary Affairs, the Committee on Employment and Social Affairs, the Committee on the Environment, Climate and Food Safety, the Committee on Industry, Research and Energy, the Committee on Internal Market and Consumer Protection, the Committee on Transport and Tourism, the Committee on Regional Development, the Committee on Agriculture and Rural Development, the Committee on Culture and Education, the Committee on Civil Liberties, Justice and Home Affairs, the Committee on Constitutional Affairs, and the Committee on Women’s Rights and Gender Equality,

    –  having regard to the report of the Committee on Budgets (A10-0076/2025),

    A.  whereas, under Article 311 TFEU, the Union is required to provide itself with the means necessary to attain its objectives and carry through its policies;

    B.  whereas the Union budget is primarily an investment tool that can achieve economies of scale unattainable at Member State level and support European public goods, in particular through cross-border projects; whereas all spending through the Union budget must provide European added value and deliver discernible net benefits compared to spending at national or sub-national level, leading to real and lasting results;

    C.  whereas spending through the Union budget, if effectively targeted, aligned with the Union’s political priorities and better coordinated with spending at national level, helps to avoid fragmentation in the single market, promote upwards convergence, decrease inequalities and boost the overall impact of public investment; whereas public investment is essential as a catalyst for private investment in sectors where the market alone cannot drive the required investment;

    D.  whereas the NextGenerationEU recovery instrument (NGEU) established in the wake of the COVID-19 pandemic enabled significant additional investment capacity of EUR 750 billion in 2018 prices – beyond the Union budget, which amounts to 1,1 % of the EU-27’s gross national income (GNI) – prompting a swift recovery and return to growth and supporting the green and digital transitions; whereas NGEU will not be in place post-2027;

    E.  whereas in 2022 Member States spent an average of 1,4 % of gross domestic product (GDP) on State aid – significantly more than their contribution to the Union budget – with over half of the State aid unrelated to crises;

    F.  whereas the Union budget, bolstered by NGEU and loans through the SURE scheme, has been instrumental in alleviating the economic and social impact of the COVID-19 crisis and in responding to the effects of Russia’s war of aggression against Ukraine; whereas the Union budget remains ill-equipped, in terms of size, structure and rules, to fully play its role in adjusting to evolving spending needs, addressing shocks and responding to crises and giving practical effect to the principle of solidarity, and to enable the Union to fulfil its objectives as established under the Treaties;

    G.  whereas people rightly expect more from the Union and its budget, including the capacity to respond quickly and effectively to evolving needs and to provide them with the necessary support, especially in times of crisis;

    H.  whereas, since the adoption of the current multiannual financial framework (MFF), the political, economic and social context has changed beyond recognition, compounding underlying structural challenges for the Union and leading to a substantial revision of the MFF in 2024;

    I.  whereas the context in which the Commission will prepare its proposals for the post-2027 MFF is every bit as challenging, with the established global and geopolitical order changing quickly and radically, the return of large-scale warfare in the Union’s immediate neighbourhood, a highly challenging economic and social backdrop and the worsening climate and biodiversity crisis; whereas, as the Commission has made clear, the status quo is not an option and the Union budget will need to change accordingly;

    J.  whereas the US administration has decided to retreat from the country’s post-war global role in guaranteeing peace and security, in leading on global governance in the rules-based, multilateral international order and in providing essential development and humanitarian aid to those most in need around the world; whereas the Union will therefore have to step up to fill part of the void the US appears set to leave, placing additional demands on the budget;

    K.  whereas the Union has committed to take all the steps needed to achieve climate neutrality by 2050 at the latest and to protect nature and reverse biodiversity loss; whereas delivering on the policy framework put in place to achieve this objective will require substantial investment; whereas the Union budget will have to play a key role in providing and incentivising that investment;

    L.  whereas, in order to compensate for the budget’s shortcomings, there have been numerous workaround solutions that make the budget more opaque, leaving the public in the dark about the real volume of Union spending, undermining the longer-term predictability of investment the budget is designed to provide and undercutting not only the principle of budget unity, but also Parliament’s role as a legislator and budgetary and discharge authority and in holding the executive to account;

    M.  whereas the Union is founded on the values of respect for human dignity, freedom, democracy, equality, the rule of law and respect for human rights, including the rights of persons belonging to minorities; whereas breaches of those values undermine the cohesion of the Union, erode the rights of Union citizens and weaken mutual trust among Member States;

    1.  Insists that, in a fast changing world where people rightly expect more from the Union and its budget and where the Union is confronted with a growing number of crises, the next MFF must be endowed with increased resources compared to the 2021-2027 period, moving away from the historically restrictive, self-imposed level of 1 % of GNI;

    2.  Underscores that the next MFF must focus on financing European public goods with discernible added value compared to national spending; highlights the need for enhanced synergies and better coordination between Union and national spending; emphasises that spending will have to address major challenges, such as the return of large-scale warfare in the Union’s immediate neighbourhood, a highly challenging economic and social backdrop, a competitiveness gap and the worsening climate and biodiversity crisis;

    3.  Considers that the ‘one national plan per Member State’ approach as envisaged by the Commission, with the Recovery and Resilience Facility model as a blueprint, cannot be the basis for shared management spending post-2027; underlines that the design of shared management spending under the next MFF must fully safeguard Parliament’s roles as legislator and budgetary and discharge authority and be designed and implemented through close collaboration with regional and local authorities and all relevant stakeholders;

    4.  Calls for the next MFF to continue support for economic, social and territorial cohesion in order to help bind the Union together, deepen the single market, promote convergence and reduce inequality, poverty and social exclusion;

    5.  Considers that the idea of an umbrella Competitiveness Fund merging existing programmes as envisaged by the Commission is not fit for purpose; stresses that the fund should instead be a new instrument taking advantage of a toolbox of funding based on lessons learned from InvestEU and the Innovation Fund and complementing existing, highly successful programmes;

    6.  Stresses that, in particular in the light of the US’s retreat from its role as a global guarantor of peace and security, there is a clear need to progress towards a genuine Defence Union, with the next MFF supporting a comprehensive security approach through an increase in investment; stresses that defence spending cannot come at the expense of nor lead to a reduction in long-term investment in the economic, social and territorial cohesion of the Union;

    7.  Calls for genuine simplification for final beneficiaries by avoiding programmes with overlapping objectives, diverging eligibility criteria and different rules governing horizontal provisions; underlines that simplification cannot mean more leeway for the Commission without the necessary checks and balances and must therefore be achieved with full respect for the institutional balance provided for in the Treaties;

    8.  Insists on enhanced in-built crisis response capacity in the next MFF and sufficient margins under each heading; stresses that, alongside predictability for investment, spending programmes should retain a substantial in-built flexibility reserve, with allocation to specific policy objectives to be decided by the budgetary authority; underlines that flexibility for humanitarian aid should be ring-fenced; considers that the post-2027 MFF should include two special instruments – one dedicated to ensuring solidarity in the event of natural disasters and one for general-purpose crisis response;

    9.  Underlines that compliance with Union values and fundamental rights is an essential pre-requisite to access EU funds; insists that the Union budget be protected against misuse, fraud and breaches of the principle of the rule of law and calls for a stronger link between the rule of law and the Union budget post-2027;

    10.  Underlines that the repayment of NGEU borrowing must not endanger the financing of EU policies and priorities; stresses, therefore, that all costs related to borrowing backed by the Union budget or the budgetary headroom be treated distinctly from appropriations for EU programmes within the future MFF architecture;

    11.  Calls on the Council to adopt new own resources as a matter of urgency in order to enable sustainable repayment of NGEU borrowing; stresses that new genuine own resources, beyond the IIA, are essential for the Union’s higher spending needs; considers that all instruments and tools should be explored in order to provide the Union with the necessary resources, and considers, in this respect, that joint borrowing presents a viable option to ensure that the Union has sufficient resources to respond to acute Union-wide crises, such as the ongoing crisis in the area of security and defence;

    12.  Stands ready to work constructively with the Council and Commission to deliver a long-term budget that addresses the Union’s needs; highlights that the post-2027 MFF is being constructed in a far from ‘business as usual’ context and takes seriously its institutional role as enshrined in the Treaties; insists that it will only approve a long-term budget that is fit for purpose for the Union in a changing world and calls for swift adoption of the MFF to enable timely implementation of spending programmes from 1 January 2028;

    A long-term budget with a renewed spending focus

    13.  Considers that, in view of the structural challenges facing the Union, the post-2027 MFF should adjust its spending focus to ensure that the Union can meet its strategic policy aims as detailed below;

    Competitiveness, strategic autonomy, social, economic and territorial cohesion and resilience

    14.  Is convinced that boosting competitiveness, decarbonising the economy and enhancing the Union’s innovation capacity are central priorities for the post-2027 MFF and are vital to ensure long-term, sustainable and inclusive growth and a thriving, more resilient economy and society;

    15.  Considers that the Union must develop a competitiveness framework in line with its own values and political aims and that competitiveness must foster not only economic growth, but also social, economic and territorial cohesion and environmental sustainability as underlined in both the Draghi and Letta reports;

    16.  Underlines that, as spelt out in the Letta and Draghi reports, the European economy and social model are under intense strain, with the productivity, competitiveness and skills gap having knock-on effects on the quality of jobs and on living standards for Europeans already grappling with high housing, energy and food prices; is concerned that a lack of job opportunities and high costs of living increase the risk of a brain drain away from Europe;

    17.  Points out that Draghi puts the annual investment gap with respect to innovation and infrastructure at EUR 750-800 billion per year between 2025 and 2030; underlines that the Union budget must play a vital role but it cannot cover that shortfall alone, and that the bulk of the effort will have to come from the private sector – points to the need to exploit synergies between public and private investment, in particular by simplifying and harmonising the EU investment architecture;

    18.  Stresses that the Union budget must be carefully coordinated with national spending, so as to ensure complementarity, and must be designed such that it can de-risk, mobilise and leverage private investment effectively, enabling start-ups and SMEs to access funds more readily; calls, therefore, for programmes such as InvestEU, which ensures additionality and follows a market-based, demand-driven approach, to be significantly reinforced in the next MFF; considers that financial instruments and budgetary guarantees are an effective use of resources to achieve critical Union policy goals and calls for them to be further simplified;

    19.  Insists that more must be done to maximise the potential of the role of the European Investment Bank (EIB) Group – together with other international and national financial institutions – in lending and de-risking in strategic policy areas, such as climate and, latterly, security and defence projects; calls for an increased risk appetite and ambition from the EIB Group to crowd in investment, based on a strong capital position, and for a reinforced investment partnership to ensure that every euro spent at Union level is used in the most effective manner;

    20.  Emphasises that funding for research and innovation, including support for basic research, should be significantly increased, should be focused on the Union’s strategic priorities, should continue to be determined by the principle of excellence and should remain merit-based; considers that there should be sufficient resources across the MFF and at national level to fund all high-quality projects throughout the innovation cycle and to achieve the 3 % GDP target for research and development spending by 2030;

    21.  Stresses that the next MFF, building on the current Connecting Europe Facility, should include much greater, directly managed funding for energy, transport and digital infrastructure, with priority given to cross-border connections and national links with European added value; considers that such infrastructure is an absolute precondition for a successful deepening of the single market and for increasing the Union’s resilience in a changing geopolitical order;

    22.  Points out that a secure and robust space sector is critical for the Union’s autonomy and sovereignty and therefore needs sustained investment;

    23.  Underlines that a more competitive, productive and socially inclusive economy helps to generate high-quality, well-paid jobs, thus enhancing people’s standard of living; emphasises that, through programmes such as the European Social Fund+ and Erasmus+, the Union budget can play an important role in supporting education and training systems, enhancing social inclusion, boosting workforce adaptability through reskilling and upskilling, and thus preparing people for employment in a modern economy;

    24.  Insists that the Union budget should continue to support important economic and job-creating sectors where the Union is already a world leader, such as tourism and the cultural and creative sectors; underscores the need for dedicated funding for tourism, including to implement the EU Strategy for Sustainable Tourism, in the Union budget post-2027; points to the importance of Creative Europe in contributing to Europe’s diversity and competitiveness and in supporting vibrant societies;

    25.  Stresses that, in order to compete with other major global players, the European economy must also become more competitive and resilient on the supply side by investing more in the Union’s open strategic autonomy through enhanced industrial policy and a focus on strategic sectors, resource-efficiency and critical technologies to reduce dependence on third countries;

    26.  Considers that, in light of the above, the idea of an umbrella Competitiveness Fund merging existing programmes as envisaged by the Commission is not fit for purpose; stresses that the fund should instead be a new instrument taking advantage of a toolbox of funding based on lessons learned from InvestEU and the Innovation Fund; recalls that, under Article 182 TFEU, the Union is required to adopt a framework programme for research;

    27.  Notes that, in the Commission communication on the competitiveness compass, the Commission argues that a new competitiveness coordination tool should be established in order to better align industrial and research policies and investment between EU and national level; notes that the proposed new tool is envisaged as part of a ‘new, lean steering mechanism’ designed ‘to reinforce the link between overall policy coordination and the EU budget’; insists that Parliament must play a full decision-making role in both mechanisms;

    28.  Emphasises that food security is a vital component of strategic autonomy and that the next MFF must continue to support the competitiveness and resilience of the Union’s farming and fisheries sectors, including small-scale and young farmers and fishers, and help the sectors to better protect the climate and biodiversity, as well as the seas and oceans; highlights that a modern and simplified common agricultural policy is crucial for increasing productivity through technical progress, ensuring a fair standard of living for farmers, guaranteeing food security and the production of safe, high-quality and affordable food for Europeans, fostering generational renewal and ensuring the viability of rural areas;

    29.  Points out that the farming sector is particularly vulnerable to inflationary shocks which affect farmers’ purchasing power; calls for an increased and dedicated budget for the CAP in the next MFF, safeguarding it from possible cuts, in order to maintain its integrity and commonality, as well as the coherence and interconnection between its first and second pillar, and therefore opposes the idea of integrating the CAP into a single fund for each Member State; calls for additional dedicated funding sources to be explored where appropriate, including outside of the CAP, in order to cope with natural disasters and provide incentives to farmers and foresters to contribute to climate change mitigation, biodiversity recovery and nature protection, without measures causing a regression in EU agricultural production;

    30.  Stresses that the new global challenges facing EU farmers, including the present geopolitical situation, climate change and rising input prices, require sound financial allocation in the next CAP; emphasises that, in order to address these challenges, taking into account the lessons learned from the COVID-19 crisis, and to avoid reductions to farmers’ support, the CAP urgently needs an increased budget in the next MFF that is indexed to inflation through annual re-evaluation; underlines, in that respect, that direct payments in the current form generate clear EU added value and should continue to strengthen income security, production and protection against price volatility, better targeting persons actively engaged in agricultural production and the provision of public goods, while respecting realistic and balanced EU environmental and social standards; calls for a fair and efficient distribution of CAP support within and among the Member States; calls for the continuation and reinforcement of measures that maintain production in vulnerable areas and guarantee the viability of rural communities and the adequacy of public infrastructure, specifically regarding digitalisation and particularly through the European Agricultural Fund for Rural Development, and the renewed involvement of local and regional authorities in the management of such measures; stresses the need to increase and reform the agricultural reserve in order to respond effectively and rapidly to future crises that the European agricultural sector will have to deal with, and to establish new tools for managing natural, market and sanitary risks, such as an EU reinsurance scheme to better mitigate the effects of future crises and provide greater stability for farmers; emphasises that specific solutions must be found for the farmers in eastern Europe who are most affected by the cascade effects of Russia’s war against Ukraine, such as high input prices, inflation and market disturbances; urges the Commission to continue to set up the necessary financial and legal framework for the food supply chain in order to strengthen the position of farmers and better combat unfair trading practices; calls on the Commission to support EU farmers by promoting agri-food products inside and outside the Union through a dynamic and stronger EU promotion policy; regrets the funding cuts made to the programme on the promotion of agricultural products during the review of the current MFF; emphasises that the next MFF must include dedicated funds for agri-tourism, female entrepreneurship, vocational training and technological innovation in agriculture;

    31.  Recalls that social, economic and territorial cohesion is a cornerstone of European integration and is vital in binding the Union together and deepening the single market; reaffirms, in that respect, the importance of the convergence process; underlines that a modernised cohesion policy must follow a decentralised, place-based, multilevel governance approach and be built around the shared management and partnership principle, fully involving local and regional authorities and relevant stakeholders, ensuring that resources are directed where they are most needed to reduce regional disparities;

    32.  Stresses that cohesion policy funding must tackle the key challenges the Union faces, such as demographic change and depopulation, and target the regions and people most in need; calls, furthermore, for enhanced access to EU funding for cities, regions and urban authorities; recalls that, under Article 349 TFEU, the Union is required to put in place specific measures for the outermost regions and stresses, therefore, the need for continued, targeted support for these regions in the next MFF, including via a reinforced programme of options specifically relating to remoteness and insularity (POSEI);

    33.  Recalls the importance of the social dimension of the European Union and of promoting the implementation of the European Pillar of Social Rights, its Action Plan and headline targets; emphasises that the Union budget should, therefore, play a pivotal role in reducing inequality, poverty and social exclusion, including by supporting children, families and vulnerable groups; recalls that around 20 million children in the Union are at risk of poverty and social exclusion; stresses that addressing child poverty across the Union requires appropriately funded, comprehensive and integrated measures, together with the efficient implementation of the European Child Guarantee at national level; emphasises that Parliament has consistently requested a dedicated budget within the ESF+ to support the Child Guarantee as a central pillar of the EU anti-poverty strategy;

    34.  Highlights, in this regard, the EU-wide housing crisis affecting millions of families and young people; stresses the need for enhanced support for housing through the Union budget, in particular via cohesion policy, and through other funding sources, such as the EIB Group and national promotional banks; acknowledges that, while Union financing cannot solve the housing crisis alone, it can play a crucial role in financing urgent measures and complementing broader Union and national efforts to improve housing affordability and enhance energy efficiency of the housing stock;

    35.  Points out that Russia’s war of aggression against Ukraine has had substantial economic and social consequences, in particular in Member States bordering Russia and Belarus; insists that the next MFF provide support to these regions;

    The green and digital transitions

    36.  Highlights that the green and digital transitions are inextricably linked to competitiveness, the modernisation of the economy and the resilience of society and act as catalysts for a future-oriented and resource-efficient economy; insists therefore, that the post-2027 MFF must continue to support and to further accelerate the twin transitions;

    37.  Recalls that the Union budget is an essential contributor to achieving climate neutrality by 2050, including through support for the 2030 and 2040 targets; underlines that the transition will require a decarbonisation of the economy, in particular through the deployment of clean technologies, improved energy and transport infrastructure and more energy-efficient housing; notes that the Commission estimates additional investment needs to achieve climate neutrality by 2050 at 1,5 % of GDP per year compared to the decade 2011-2020 and that, while the Union budget alone cannot cover the gap, it must remain a vital contributor; calls, therefore, for increased directly managed support for environment and biodiversity protection and climate action building on the current LIFE programme;

    38.  Underlines that industry will be central in the transition to net zero and the establishment of the Energy Union, and that support will be needed in helping some industrial sectors and their workers to adapt; stresses the importance of a just transition that must leave no one behind, requiring, inter alia, investment in regions that are heavily fossil-fuel dependent and increased support for vulnerable households, in particular through the Just Transition Mechanism and the Social Climate Fund;

    39.  Points to the profound technological shift under way, with technologies such as artificial intelligence and quantum both creating opportunities, in terms of the Union’s economic potential and global leadership and improvements to citizens’ lives, and posing reliability, ethical and sovereignty challenges; stresses that the next MFF must support research into, and the development and safe application of digital technologies and help people to hone the knowledge and skills they need to work with and use them;

    Security, defence and preparedness

    40.  Recalls that peace and security are the foundation for the Union’s prosperity, social model and competitiveness, and a vital pillar of the Union’s geopolitical standing; stresses that the next MFF must support a comprehensive security approach by investing significantly more in safeguarding the Union against the myriad threats it faces;

    41.  Underlines that, as the Niinistö report makes clear, multiple threats are combining to heighten instability and increase the Union’s vulnerability, chief among them the fragmenting global order, the security threat posed by Russia and Belarus, growing tensions globally, hostile international actors, the globalisation of criminal networks, hybrid campaigns – which include cyberattacks, foreign information manipulation, disinformation and interference and the instrumentalisation of migration – increasingly frequent and intense extreme weather events as a result of climate change, and health threats;

    42.  Points out that the Union has played a vital role in achieving lasting peace on its territory and must continue to do so by adjusting to the reality of war on its doorstep and the need to vastly boost defence infrastructure, capabilities and readiness, including through the Union budget, going far beyond the current allocation of less than 2 % of the MFF;

    43.  Notes that European defence capabilities suffer from decades of under-investment and that, according to the Commission, the defence spending gap currently stands at EUR 500 billion for the next decade; underlines that the Union budget alone cannot fill the gap, but has an important role to play, in conjunction with national budgets and with a focus on clear EU added value; considers that the Union budget and lending through the EIB Group can help incentivise investment in defence; stresses that defence spending must not come at the expense of social and environmental spending, nor must it lead to a reduction in funding for long-standing Union policies that have proved their worth over time;

    44.  Underlines the merits of the defence programmes and instruments put in place during the current MFF, which have enhanced joint research, production and procurement in the field of defence, providing a valuable foundation on which to build further Union policy and investment;

    45.  Emphasises that, given the geopolitical situation, there is a clear need to act and to progress towards a genuine Defence Union, in coordination with NATO and in full alignment with the neutrality commitments of individual Member States; concurs, in that regard, with the Commission’s analysis that the next MFF must provide a comprehensive and robust framework in support of EU defence;

    46.  Underscores the importance of a competitive and resilient European defence technological and industrial base; considers that enhanced joint EU-level investment in defence in the next MFF backed up by a clear and transparent governance structure can help to avoid duplication, generate economies of scale, and thus significant savings for Member States, reduce fragmentation and ensure the interoperability of equipment and systems; underscores the importance of technology in modern defence systems and therefore of investing in research, cyber-defence and cybersecurity and in dual-use products; points to the need to direct support towards the defence industry within the Union, thus strengthening strategic autonomy, creating quality high-skilled jobs, driving innovation and creating cross-border opportunities for EU businesses, including SMEs;

    47.  Points to the importance of increasing support in the budget for military mobility, which upgrades infrastructure for dual-use military and civilian purposes, enabling the large-scale movement of military equipment and personnel at short notice and thus contributing to the Union’s defence capabilities and collective security; highlights, in that regard, the importance of financing for the trans-European transport networks to enable their adaptation for dual-use purposes;

    48.  Emphasises that the Union needs to ramp up funding for preparedness across the board; is alarmed by the growing impact of natural disasters, which are often the result of climate change and are therefore likely to occur with greater frequency and intensity in the future; points out that, according to the 2024 European Climate Risk Assessment Report, cumulated economic losses from natural disasters could reach about 1,4 % of Union GDP;

    49.  Underlines, therefore, that, in addition to efforts to mitigate climate change through the green transition, significant investment is required to adapt to climate change, in particular to prevent and reduce the impact of natural disasters and severe weather events; considers that support for this purpose, such as through the current Union Civil Protection Mechanism, must be significantly increased in the next MFF and made available quickly to local and regional authorities, which are often on the frontline;

    50.  Emphasises that reconstruction and recovery measures after natural disasters must be based on the ‘build back better’ approach and prioritise nature-based solutions; stresses the importance of sustainable water management and security and hydric resilience as part of the Union’s overall preparedness strategy;

    51.  Recalls that the COVID-19 pandemic wreaked economic and social havoc globally and that a key lesson from the experience is that there is a need to prioritise investment in prevention of, preparedness for and response to health threats, in medical research and disease prevention, in access to critical medicines, in healthcare infrastructure, in physical and mental health and in the resilience and accessibility of public health systems in the Union; recalls that strategic autonomy in health is key to ensuring the Union’s preparedness in this area;

    52.  Considers that the next MFF must build on the work done in the current programming period by ensuring that the necessary investment is in place to build a genuine European Health Union that delivers for all citizens;

    53.  Underlines that, with technological developments, it has become easier for malicious and opportunistic foreign actors to spread disinformation, encourage online hate speech, interfere in elections and mount cyberattacks against the Union’s interests; insists that the next MFF must invest in enhanced cybersecurity capabilities and equip the Union to counter hybrid warfare in its various guises;

    54.  Stresses that a free, independent and pluralistic media is a fundamental component of Europe’s resilience, safeguarding not only the free flow of information but also a democratic mindset, critical thinking and informed decision-making; points to the importance of investment in independent and investigative journalism, fact-checking initiatives, digital and media literacy and critical thinking to safeguard against disinformation, foreign information manipulation and electoral interference as part of the European Democracy Shield initiative and therefore to guarantee democratic resilience; underscores the need for continued Union budget support for initiatives in these areas;

    55.  Underscores the importance of continued funding, in the next MFF, for effective protection of the EU’s external borders; underlines the need to counter transnational criminal networks and better protect victims of trafficking networks, and to strengthen resilience and response capabilities to address hybrid attacks and the instrumentalisation of migration, by third countries or hostile non-state actors; highlights, in particular, the need for support to frontline Member States for the purposes of securing the external borders of the EU;

    56.  Underlines that the EU’s resilience and preparedness are inextricably linked to those of its regional and global partners; emphasises that strengthening partners’ capacity to prevent, withstand and effectively respond to extreme weather events, health crises, hybrid campaigns, cyberattacks or armed conflict also lowers the risk of spill-over effects for Europe;

    External action and enlargement

    57.  Insists that, in a context of heightened global instability, the Union must continue to engage constructively with third countries and support peace, and conflict prevention, stability, prosperity, security, human rights, the rule of law, equality, democracy and sustainable development globally, in line with its global responsibility values and international commitments;

    58.  Regrets the fact that external action in the current MFF has been underfunded, leading to significant recourse to special instruments and substantial reinforcements in the mid-term revision; notes, in particular, that humanitarian aid funding has been woefully inadequate, prompting routine use of the Emergency Aid Reserve;

    59.  Underlines that the US’s retreat from its post-war global role in guaranteeing peace, security and democracy, in leading on global governance in the rules-based, multilateral international order and in providing essential development and humanitarian aid to those most in need around the world will leave an enormous gap and that the Union has a responsibility and overwhelming strategic interest in helping to fill that gap; calls on the Commission to address the consequences of the US’s retreat at the latest in its proposal for the post-2027 MFF;

    60.  Stresses that the next MFF must continue to tackle the most pressing global challenges, from fighting climate change, to providing relief in the event of natural disasters, preventing and addressing violent conflict and guaranteeing global security, ensuring global food security, improving healthcare and education systems, reducing poverty and inequality, promoting democracy, human rights, the rule of law and social justice and boosting competitiveness and the security of global supply chains, in full compliance with the principle of policy coherence for development; emphasises, in particular, the need for support for the Union’s Southern and Eastern Neighbourhoods;

    61.  Underlines that, in particular in light of the drastic cuts to the USAID budget, the budget must uphold the Union’s role as the world’s leading provider of development aid and climate finance in line with the Union’s global obligations and commitments; recalls, in that regard, that the Union and its Member States have collectively committed to allocating 0,7 % of their GNI to official development assistance and that poverty alleviation must remain its primary objective; insists that the budget must continue to support the Union in its efforts to defend the rules-based international order, democracy, multilateralism, human rights and fundamental values;

    62.  Insists that, given the unprecedented scale of humanitarian crises, mounting global challenges and uncertainty of US assistance under the current administration, humanitarian aid funding must be significantly enhanced and that its use must remain solely needs-based and respect the principles of neutrality, independence and impartiality; emphasises that the needs-based nature of humanitarian aid requires ring-fenced funding delivered through a stand-alone spending programme, distinct from other external action financing; underscores, furthermore, that effective humanitarian aid provision is contingent on predictability through a sufficient annual baseline allocation;

    63.  Emphasises that humanitarian aid, by its very nature, requires substantial flexibility and response capacity; considers, therefore, that, in addition to an adequate baseline figure, humanitarian aid will require significant ring-fenced flexibility in its design to enable an effective response to the growing crises;

    64.  Emphasises that, in a context in which global actors are increasingly using trade interdependence as a means of economic coercion, the Union must bolster its capacity to protect and advance its own strategic interests, develop more robust tools to counter coercion and ensure genuine reciprocity in its partnerships; stresses that such an approach requires the strategic allocation of external financing so as to support, for example, economic, security and energy partnerships that align with the Union’s values and strategic interests;

    65.  Considers that enlargement represents an opportunity to strengthen the Union as a geopolitical power and that the next MFF is pivotal for preparing the Union for enlargement and the candidate countries for accession; recalls that the stability, security and democratic resilience of the candidate countries are inextricably connected to those of the EU and require sustained strategic investment, linked to reforms, to support their convergence with Union standards; underlines the important role that citizens and civil society organisations play in the process of enlargement;

    66.  Points to the need for strategically targeted support for pre-accession and for growth and investment; is of the view that post-2027 pre-accession assistance should be provided in the form of both grants and loans; believes, in that context, that the future framework should allow for innovative financing mechanisms, as well as lending to candidate countries backed by the budgetary headroom (the difference between the own resources and the MFF ceilings);

    67.  Stresses that financial support must be conditional on the implementation of reforms aligned with the Union acquis and policies and adherence to Union values; emphasises, in this regard, the need for a strong governance model that ensures parliamentary accountability, oversight and control and a strong, effective anti-fraud architecture;

    68.  Reiterates its full support for Ukrainians in their fight for freedom and democracy and deplores the terrible suffering and impact resulting from Russia’s unprovoked and unjustifiable war of aggression; welcomes the decision to grant Ukraine and the neighbouring Republic of Moldova candidate country status and insists on the need to deploy the necessary funds to support their accession processes;

    69.  Underlines that pre-accession support to Ukraine has to be distinct from and additional to financial assistance for macroeconomic stability, reconstruction and post-war recovery, where needs are far more substantial and require a concerted international effort, of which support through the Union budget should be an important part;

    70.  Is convinced that the existing mandatory revision clause in the event of enlargement should be maintained in the next framework and that national envelopes should not be affected; underlines that the next MFF will also have to put in place appropriate transitional and phasing-in measures for key spending areas, such as cohesion and agriculture, based on a careful assessment of the impacts on different sectors;

    Fundamental rights, Union values and the rule of law

    71.  Emphasises the importance of the Union budget and programmes like Erasmus+ and Citizens, Equality, Rights and Values in promoting and protecting democracy and the Union’s values, fostering the Union’s common cultural heritage and European integration, enhancing citizen engagement, civic education and youth participation, safeguarding and promoting fundamental rights enshrined in the Charter of Fundamental Rights and the rule of law; calls, in this regard, for increased funding for Erasmus+ in the next MFF; points to the importance of the independence of the justice system, the sound functioning of national institutions, de-oligarchisation, robust support for and, in line with article 11(2) TEU, an active dialogue with civil society, which is vital for fostering an active civic space, ensuring accountability and transparency and informing policymakers about best practices from the ground;

    72.  Highlights, in that connection, that the recast of the Financial Regulation requires the Commission and the Member States, in the implementation of the budget, to ensure compliance with the Charter of Fundamental Rights and to respect the values on which the Union is founded, which are enshrined in Article 2 TEU; expects the Commission to ensure that the proposals for the next MFF, including for the spending programmes, are aligned with the Financial Regulation recast;

    73.  Stresses that instability in neighbouring regions and beyond, poverty, underlying trends in economic development, demographic changes and climate change, continue to generate migration flows towards the Union, placing significant pressure on asylum and migration systems; underlines that the post-2027 MFF must support the full and swift implementation of the Union’s Asylum and Migration Pact and effective return and readmission policies, in line with fundamental rights and EU values, including the principle of solidarity and fair sharing of responsibility; underlines, moreover, that, in line with the Pact, the EU must pursue enhanced cooperation and mutually beneficial partnerships with third countries on migration, with adequate parliamentary scrutiny, and that such cooperation must abide by EU and international law;

    74.  Underlines that compliance with Union values and fundamental rights is an essential pre-requisite to access EU funds; highlights the importance of strong links between respect for the rule of law and access to EU funds under the current MFF; believes that the protection of the Union’s financial interests depends on respect for the rule of law at national level; welcomes, in particular, the positive impact of the Rule of Law Conditionality Regulation in protecting the Union’s financial interests in cases of systemic and persistent breaches of the rule of law; calls on the Commission and the Council to apply the regulation strictly, consistently and without undue delay wherever necessary; emphasises that decisions to suspend or reduce Union funding over breaches of the rule of law must be based on objective criteria and not be guided by other considerations, nor be the outcome of negotiations;

    75.  Points to the need for a stronger link between the rule of law and the Union budget post-2027 and welcomes the Commission’s commitment to bolster links between the recommendations in the annual rule of law report and access to funds through the budget; calls on the Commission to outline, in the annual rule of law report from 2025 onwards, the extent to which identified weaknesses in rule of law regimes potentially pose a risk to the Union budget; welcomes, furthermore, the link between respect for Union values and the implementation of the budget and calls on the Commission to actively monitor Member States’ compliance with this principle in a unified manner and to take swift action in the event of non-compliance;

    76.  Calls for the consolidation of a robust rule of law toolbox, building on the current conditionality provisions under the Recovery and Resilience Facility (RRF), the horizontal enabling conditions in the Common Provisions Regulation and the relevant provisions of the Financial Regulation and insists that the toolbox should cover the entire Union budget; underlines the need for far greater transparency and consistency with regard to the application of tools to protect the rule of law and for Parliament’s role to be strengthened in the application and scrutiny of such measures; insists, furthermore, on the need for consistency across instruments when assessing breaches of the rule of law in Member States;

    77.  Recalls that the Rule of Law Conditionality Regulation provides that final recipients should not be deprived of the benefits of EU funds in the event of sanctions being applied to their government; believes that, to date, this provision has not been effective and stresses the importance of applying a smart conditionality approach so that beneficiaries are not penalised because of their government’s actions; calls on the Commission, in line with its stated intention in the political guidelines, to propose specific measures to ensure that local and regional authorities, civil society and other beneficiaries can continue to benefit from Union funding in cases of breaches of the rule of law by national governments without weakening the application of the regulation and maintaining the Member State’s obligation to pay under Union law;

    A long-term budget that mainstreams the Union’s policy objectives

    78.  Stresses that a long-term budget that is fully aligned with the Union’s strategic aims requires that key objectives be mainstreamed across the budget through a set of horizontal principles, building on the lessons from the current MFF and RRF;

    79.  Recalls that the implementation of horizontal principles should not lead to an excessive administrative burden on beneficiaries and be in line with the principle of proportionality; calls for innovative solutions and the use of automated reporting tools, including artificial intelligence, to achieve more efficient data collection;

    80.  Underlines, therefore, that the next MFF must ensure that, across the board, spending programmes pursue climate and biodiversity objectives, promote and protect rights and equal opportunities for all, including gender equality, support competitiveness and bolster the Union’s preparedness against threats;

    81.  Points out that effective mainstreaming is best achieved through a toolbox of measures, primarily through policy, project and regulatory design, thorough impact assessments and solid tracking of spending and, in specific cases, spending targets based on relevant and available data; welcomes the significant improvements in performance reporting in the current MFF, which allow for much better scrutiny of the impact of EU spending and calls for this to be further developed in the next programing period;

    82.  Welcomes the development of a methodology to track gender-based spending and considers that the lessons learnt, in particular as regards the collection of gender-disaggregated data, the monitoring of implementation and impact and administrative burden, should be applied in the next MFF in order to improve the methodology; calls on the Commission to explore the feasibility of gender budgeting in the next MFF; stresses, in the same vein, the need for a significant improvement in climate and biodiversity mainstreaming methodologies to move towards the measurement of impact;

    83.  Regrets that the Commission has not systematically conducted thorough impact assessments, including gender impact assessments, for all legislation involving spending through the budget and insists that this change;

    84.  Is pleased that the climate mainstreaming target of 30 % is projected to be exceeded in the current MFF; regrets, however, that the Union is not on track to meet the 10 % target for 2026 for biodiversity-related expenditure; insists that the targets in the IIA have nevertheless been a major factor in driving climate and biodiversity spending; calls on the Commission to adapt the spending targets contributing positively to climate and biodiversity in line with the Union policy ambitions in this regard, taking into account the investment needs for these policy ambitions;

    85.  Stresses, furthermore, that the Union budget should be implemented in line with Article 33(2) of the Financial Regulation, therefore without doing significant harm(12) to the specified objectives, respecting applicable working and employment conditions and taking into account the principle of gender equality;

    86.  Welcomes the Commission’s commitment to phase out all fossil fuel subsidies and environmentally harmful subsidies in the next MFF; expects the Commission to come forward with its planned roadmap in this regard as part of its proposal for the next MFF;

    A long-term budget with an effective administration at the service of Europeans

    87.  Underlines the need for Union policies to be underpinned by a well-functioning administration; insists that, post-2027, sufficient financial and staff resources be allocated from the outset so that Union institutions, bodies, decentralised agencies and the European Public Prosecutor’s Office can ensure effective and efficient policy design, high-quality delivery and enforcement, provide technical assistance, continue to attract the best people from all Member States, thus ensuring geographical balance, and have leeway to adjust to changing circumstances;

    88.  Regrets that the Union’s ability to implement policy effectively and protect its financial interests within the current MFF has been undermined by stretched administrative resources and a dogmatic application of a policy of stable staffing, despite increasing demands and responsibilities; points, for example, to the failure to provide sufficient staff to properly implement and enforce the Digital Services(13) and Digital Markets Acts(14), thus undercutting the legislation’s effectiveness and to the repeated redeployments from programmes to decentralised agencies to cover staffing needs; insists that staffing levels be determined by an objective needs assessment when legislation is proposed and definitively adopted, and factored into planning for administrative expenditure from the outset;

    89.  Emphasises that the Commission has sought, to some degree, to circumvent its own stable staffing policy by increasing staff attached to programmes and facilities and thus not covered by the administrative spending ceiling; underscores, however, that such an approach merely masks the problem and may ultimately undermine the operational capacity of programmes; insists, therefore, that additional responsibilities require administrative expenditure and must not erode programme envelopes;

    90.  Stresses that up-front investment in secure and interoperable IT infrastructure and data mining capabilities can also generate longer-term cost savings and hugely enhance policy delivery and tracking of spending;

    91.  Acknowledges that, in the absence of any correction mechanism in the current MFF, high inflation has significantly driven up statutory costs, requiring extensive use of special instruments to cover the shortfall; regrets that the Council elected not to take up the Commission’s proposal to raise the ceiling for administrative expenditure in the MFF revision, thus further eroding special instruments;

    A long-term budget that is simpler and more transparent

    92.  Stresses that the next MFF must be designed so as to simplify the lives of all beneficiaries by cutting unnecessary red tape; underlines that simplification will require harmonising rules and reporting requirements wherever possible, including, as relevant, ensuring consistency between the applicable rules at European, national and regional levels; underlines, in that respect, the need for a genuine, user-friendly single entry point for EU funding and a simplified application procedure designed in consultation with relevant stakeholders; points out, furthermore, that the next MFF must be implemented as close to people as possible;

    93.  Calls for genuine simplification where there are overlapping objectives, diverging eligibility criteria and different rules governing horizontal provisions that should be uniform across programmes; considers that an assessment of which spending programmes should be included in the next MFF must be based on the above aspects, on the need to focus spending on clearly identified policy objectives with clear European added value and on the policy intervention logic of each programme; stresses that reducing the number of programmes is not an end in itself;

    94.  Underlines that simplification cannot mean more leeway for the Commission without the necessary checks and balances and must therefore be achieved with full respect for the institutional balance provided for in the Treaties;

    95.  Insists that simplification cannot come at the expense of the quality of programme design and implementation and that, therefore, a simpler budget must also be a more transparent budget, enabling better accountability, scrutiny, control of spending and reducing the risks of double funding, misuse and fraud; underlines that any reduction in programmes must be offset by a far more detailed breakdown of the budget by budget line, in contrast to some programme mergers in the current MFF, such as the Neighbourhood, Development and International Cooperation Instrument – Global Europe (NDICI – Global Europe), which is an example not to follow; calls, therefore, for a sufficiently detailed breakdown by budget line to enable the budgetary authority to exercise proper accountability and ensure that decision-making in the annual budgetary procedure and in the course of budget implementation is meaningful;

    96.  Recalls that transparency is essential to retain citizens’ trust, and that fraud and misuse of funds are extremely detrimental to that trust; underlines, therefore, the need for Parliament to be able to control spending and assess whether discharge can be granted; insists that proper accountability requires robust auditing for all budgetary expenditure based on the application of a single audit trail; calls on the Commission to put in place harmonised and effective anti-fraud mechanisms across funding instruments for the post-2027 MFF that ensure the protection of the Union’s budget;

    97.  Reiterates its long-standing position that all EU-level spending should be brought within the purview of the budgetary authority, thereby ensuring transparency, democratic control and protection of the Union’s financial interests; calls, therefore, for the full budgetisation of (partially) off-budget instruments such as the Social Climate Fund, the Innovation Fund and the Modernisation Fund, or their successors;

    A long-term budget that is more flexible and more responsive to crises and shocks

    98.  Points out that, traditionally, the MFF has not been conceived with a crisis response or flexibility logic, but rather has been designed primarily to ensure medium-term investment predictability; underlines that, in a rapidly changing political, security, economic and social context, such an approach is no longer tenable; insists on sufficient in-built crisis response capacity in the next MFF;

    99.  Underscores that the current MFF has been beset by a lack of flexibility and an inability to adjust to evolving spending priorities; considers that the next MFF needs to strike a better balance between investment predictability and flexibility to adjust spending focus; highlights that spending in certain areas requires greater stability than in others where flexibility is more valuable; stresses that recurrent redeployments are not a viable way to finance the Union’s priorities as they damage investments and jeopardise the delivery of agreed policy objectives;

    100.  Believes that, while allocating a significant portion of funding to objectives up-front, spending programmes should retain a substantial in-built flexibility reserve, with allocation to specific policy objectives to be decided by the budgetary authority; notes that the NDICI – Global Europe’s emerging challenges and priorities cushion provides a model for such a flexibility reserve, but that the decision-making process for its mobilisation must not be replicated in the future MFF; points to the need for stronger, more effective scrutiny powers of the co-legislators over the setting of policy priorities and objectives and a detailed budgetary breakdown to ensure that the budgetary authority is equipped to make meaningful and informed decisions;

    101.  Underlines that the MFF must have sufficient margins under each heading to ensure that new instruments or spending objectives agreed over the programming period can be accommodated without eroding funding for other policy and long-term strategic objectives or eating into crisis response capacity;

    102.  Underlines that the possibility for budgetary transfers under the Financial Regulation already provides for flexibility to adjust to evolving spending needs in the course of budget implementation; stresses that, under the current rules, the Commission has significant freedom to transfer considerable amounts between policy areas without budgetary authority approval, which limits scrutiny and control; calls, therefore, for the rules to be changed so as to introduce a maximum amount, in addition to a maximum percentage per budget line, for transfers without approval; considers that for transfers from Union institutions other than the Commission that are subject to a possible duly justified objection by Parliament or the Council, a threshold below which they would be exempt from that procedure could be a useful measure of simplification;

    103.  Recalls that the current MFF has been placed under further strain due to high levels of inflation in a context where an annual 2 % deflator is applied to 2018 prices, reducing the budget’s real-terms value and squeezing its operational and administrative capacity; considers, therefore, that the future budget should be endowed with sufficient response capacity to enable the budget to adapt to inflationary shocks;

    104.  Calls for a root-and-branch reform of the existing special instruments to bolster crisis response capacity and ensure an effective and swift reaction through more rapid mobilisation; underlines that the current instruments are both inadequate in size and constrained by excessive rigidity, with several effectively ring-fenced according to crisis type; points out that enhanced crisis response capacity will ensure that cohesion policy funds are not called upon for that purpose and can therefore be used for their intended investment objectives;

    105.  Considers that the post-2027 MFF should include only two special instruments – one dedicated to ensuring solidarity in the event of natural disasters (the successor to the existing European Solidarity Reserve) and one for general-purpose crisis response and for responding to any unforeseen needs and emerging priorities, including where amounts in the special instrument for natural disasters are insufficient (the successor to the Flexibility Instrument); insists that both special instruments should be adequately funded from the outset and able to carry over unspent amounts indefinitely over the MFF period; believes that all other special instruments can either be wound up or subsumed into the two special instruments or into existing programmes;

    106.  Calls for the future Flexibility Instrument to be heavily front-loaded and subsequently to be fed through a number of additional sources of financing: unspent margins from previous years (as with the current Single Margin Instrument), the annual surplus from the previous year, a fines-based mechanism modelled on the existing Article 5 of the MFF Regulation, reflows from financial instruments and decommitted appropriations; underlines that the next MFF should be designed such that the future special instruments are not required to cover debt repayment;

    107.  Underlines that re-use of the surplus, of reflows from financial instruments and surplus provisioning and of decommitments would require amendments to the Financial Regulation;

    108.  Points out that, with sufficient up-front resources and such arrangements for re-using unused funds, the budget would have far greater response capacity without impinging on the predictability of national GNI-based contributions; insists that an MFF endowed with greater flexibility and response capacity is less likely to require a substantial mid-term revision;

    A long-term budget that is more results-focused

    109.  Emphasises that, in order to maximise impact, it is imperative that spending under the next MFF be much more rigorously aligned with the Union’s strategic policy aims and better coordinated with spending at national level; underlines that, in turn, consultation with regional and local authorities is vital to facilitate access to funding and ensure that Union support meets the real needs of final recipients and delivers tangible benefits for people; underscores the importance of technical assistance to implementing authorities to help ensure timely implementation, additionality of investments and therefore maximum impact;

    110.  Underlines that, in order to support effective coordination between Union and national spending, the Commission envisages a ‘new, lean steering mechanism’ designed ‘to reinforce the link between overall policy coordination and the EU budget’; insists that Parliament play a full decision-making role in any coordination or steering mechanism;

    111.  Considers that the RRF, with its focus on performance and links between reforms and investments and budgetary support, has helped to drive national investments and reforms that would not otherwise have taken place;

    112.  Underlines that the RRF can help to inform the delivery of Union spending under shared management; recalls, however, that the RRF was agreed in the very specific context of the COVID-19 pandemic and cannot, therefore, be replicated wholesale for future investment programmes;

    113.  Points out that spending under shared management in the next MFF must involve regional and local authorities and all relevant stakeholders from design to delivery through a place-based and multilevel governance approach and in line with an improved partnership principle, ensure the cross-border European dimension of investment projects, and focus on results and impact rather than outputs by setting measurable performance indicators, ensuring availability of relevant data and feeding into programme design and adjustment;

    114.  Underlines that the design of shared management spending under the next MFF must safeguard Parliament’s role as legislator, budgetary and discharge authority and in holding the executive to account, putting in place strict accountability mechanisms and guaranteeing full transparency in relation to final recipients or groups of recipients of Union spending funds through an interoperable system enabling effective tracking of cash flows and project progress;

    115.  Considers that the ‘one national plan per Member State’ approach envisaged by the Commission is not in line with the principles set out above and cannot be the basis for shared management spending post-2027; recalls that, in this regard, the Union is required, under Article 175 TFEU, to provide support through instruments for agricultural, regional and social spending;

    A long-term budget that manages liabilities sustainably

    116.  Recalls Parliament’s very firm opposition to subjecting the repayment of NGEU borrowing costs to a cap within an MFF heading given that these costs are subject to market conditions, influenced by external factors and thus inherently volatile, and that the repayment of borrowing costs is a non-discretionary legal obligation; stresses that introducing new own resources is also necessary to prevent future generations from bearing the burden of past debts;

    117.  Deplores the fact that, under the existing architecture and despite the joint declaration by the three institutions as part of the 2020 MFF agreement whereby expenditure to cover NGEU financing costs ‘shall aim at not reducing programmes and funds’, financing for key Union programmes and resources available for special instruments, even after the MFF revision, have de facto been competing with the repayment of NGEU borrowing costs in a context of steep inflation and rising interest rates; recalls that pressure on the budget driven by NGEU borrowing costs was a key factor in cuts to flagship programmes in the MFF revision;

    118.  Underlines that, to date, the Union budget has been required only to repay interest related to NGEU and that, from 2028 onwards, the budget will also have to repay the capital; underscores that, according to the Commission, the total costs for NGEU capital and interest repayments are projected to be around EUR 25-30 billion a year from 2028, equivalent to 15-20 % of payment appropriations in the 2025 budget;

    119.  Acknowledges that, while NGEU borrowing costs will be more stable in the next MFF period as bonds will already have been issued, the precise repayment profile will have an impact on the level of interest and thus on the degree of volatility; insists, therefore, that all costs related to borrowing backed by the Union budget or the budgetary headroom be treated distinctly from appropriations for EU programmes within the MFF architecture;

    120.  Points, in that regard, to the increasing demand for the Union budget to serve as a guarantee for the Union’s vital support through macro-financial assistance and the associated risks; underlines that, in the event of default or the withdrawal of national guarantees, the Union budget ultimately underwrites all macro-financial assistance loans and therefore bears significant and inherently unpredictable contingent liabilities, notably in relation to Ukraine;

    121.  Calls, therefore, on the Commission to design a sound and durable architecture that enables sustainable management of all non-discretionary costs and liabilities, fully preserving Union programmes and the budget’s flexibility and response capacity;

    A long-term budget that is properly resourced and sustainably financed

    122.  Underlines that, as described above, the budgetary needs post-2027 will be significantly higher than the amounts allocated to the 2021-2027 MFF and, in addition, will need to cover borrowing costs and debt repayment; insists, therefore, that the next MFF be endowed with significantly increased resources compared to the 2021-2027 period, moving away from the historically restrictive, self-imposed level of 1 % of GNI, which has prevented the Union from delivering on its ambitions and deprived it of the ability to respond to crises and adapt to emerging needs;

    123.  Considers that all instruments and tools should be explored in order to provide the Union with those resources, in line with its priorities and identified needs; considers, in this respect, that joint borrowing through the issuance of EU bonds presents a viable option to ensure that the Union has sufficient resources to respond to acute Union-wide crises such as the ongoing crisis in the area of security and defence;

    124.  Reiterates the need for sustainable and resilient revenue for the Union budget; points to the legally binding roadmap towards the introduction of new own resources in the IIA, in which Parliament, the Council and the Commission undertook to introduce sufficient new own resources to at least cover the repayment of NGEU debt; underlines that, overall, the basket of new own resources should be fair, linked to broader Union policy aims and agreed on time and with sufficient volume to meet the heightened budgetary needs;

    125.  Recalls its support for the amended Commission proposal on the system of own resources; is deeply concerned by the complete absence of progress on the system of own resources in the Council; calls on the Council to adopt this proposal as a matter of urgency; and urges the Commission to spare no effort in supporting the adoption process;

    126.  Calls furthermore, on the Commission to continue efforts to identify additional innovative and genuine new own resources and other revenue sources beyond those specified in the IIA; stresses that new own resources are essential not only to enable repayment of NGEU borrowing, but to ensure that the Union is equipped to cover its the higher spending needs;

    127.  Calls on the Commission to design a modernised budget with a renewed spending focus, driven by the need for fairness, greater simplification, a reduced administrative burden and more transparency, including on the revenue side; underlines that existing rebates and corrections automatically expire at the end of the current MFF;

    128.  Welcomes the decision, in the recast of the Financial Regulation, to treat as negative revenue any interest or other charge due to a third party relating to amounts of fines, other penalties or sanctions that are cancelled or reduced by the Court of Justice; recalls that this solution comes to an end on 31 December 2027; invites the Commission to propose a definitive solution for the next MFF that achieves the same objective of avoiding any impact on the expenditure side of the budget;

    A long-term budget grounded in close interinstitutional cooperation

    129.  Underlines that Parliament intends to fully exercise its prerogatives as legislator, budgetary authority and discharge authority under the Treaties;

    130.  Recalls that the requirement for close interinstitutional cooperation between the Commission, the Council and Parliament from the early design stages to the final adoption of the MFF is enshrined in the Treaties and further detailed in the IIA;

    131.  Emphasises Parliament’s commitment to play its role fully throughout the process; believes that the design of the MFF should be bottom-up and based on the extensive involvement of stakeholders; underlines, furthermore, the need for a strategic dialogue among the three institutions in the run-up to the MFF proposals;

    132.  Calls on the Commission to put forward practical arrangements for cooperation and genuine negotiations from the outset; points, in particular, to the importance of convening meetings of the three Presidents, as per Article 324 TFEU, wherever they can aid progress, and insists that the Commission follow up when Parliament requests such meetings; reminds the Commission of its obligation to provide information to Parliament on an equal footing with the Council as the two arms of the budgetary authority and as co-legislators on MFF-related basic acts;

    133.  Recalls that the IIA specifically provides for Parliament, the Council and the Commission to ‘seek to determine specific arrangements for cooperation and dialogue’; stresses that the cooperation provisions set out in the IIA, including regular meetings between Parliament and the Council, are a bare minimum and that much more is needed to give effect to the principle in Article 312(5) TFEU of taking ‘any measure necessary to facilitate the adoption of a new MFF’; calls, therefore, on the successive Council presidencies to respect not only the letter, but also the spirit of the Treaties;

    134.  Recalls that the late adoption of the MFF regulation and related legislation for the 2014-2020 and 2021-2027 periods led to significant delays, which hindered the proper implementation of EU programmes; insists, therefore, that every effort be made to ensure timely adoption of the upcoming MFF package;

    135.  Expects the Commission, as part of the package of MFF proposals, to put forward a new IIA in line with the realities of the new budget, including with respect to the management of contingent liabilities; stresses that the changes to the Financial Regulation necessary for alignment with the new MFF should enter into force at the same time as the MFF Regulation;

    o
    o   o

    136.  Instructs its President to forward this resolution to the Council and the Commission.

    (1) OJ L 433I, 22.12.2020, p. 11, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2020/2093/oj.
    (2) OJ L 424, 15.12.2020, p. 1, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/dec/2020/2053/oj.
    (3) OJ L 433I, 22.12.2020, p. 28, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/agree_interinstit/2020/1222/oj.
    (4) OJ L 2024/2509, 26.9.2024, p. 1, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2024/2509/oj.
    (5) OJ L 433I, 22.12.2020, p. 1, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2020/2092/oj.
    (6) OJ C, C/2024/6751, 26.11.2024, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/C/2024/6751/oj.
    (7) OJ C, C/2023/1067, 15.12.2023, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/C/2023/1067/oj.
    (8) OJ C 177, 17.5.2023, p. 115.
    (9) OJ C 445, 29.10.2021, p. 240.
    (10) OJ C 428, 13.12.2017, p. 10.
    (11) OJ C, C/2025/279, 24.1.2025, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/C/2025/279/oj.
    (12) Article 9 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 18 June 2020 on the establishment of a framework to facilitate sustainable investment, and amending Regulation (EU) 2019/2088 (OJ L 198, 22.6.2020, p. 13, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2020/852/oj).
    (13) Regulation (EU) 2022/2065 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 19 October 2022 on a Single Market For Digital Services and amending Directive 2000/31/EC (Digital Services Act) (OJ L 277, 27.10.2022, p. 1, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2022/2065/oj).
    (14) Regulation (EU) 2022/1925 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 September 2022 on contestable and fair markets in the digital sector and amending Directives (EU) 2019/1937 and (EU) 2020/1828 (Digital Markets Act) (OJ L 265, 12.10.2022, p. 1, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2022/1925/oj).

    MIL OSI Europe News

  • MIL-OSI Security: Homeland Security Awards $86.1 Million in Disaster Assistance

    Source: US Department of Homeland Security

    WASHINGTON – Today, the Department of Homeland Security announced that it awarded over $86 million in financial assistance to Tennessee, Texas, and California to support relief and recovery efforts following a series of natural disasters.

    Our job is to get federal disaster management back on track after years of mismanagement. Disaster relief has been so inadequate there are still open applications that were submitted after Hurricane Katrina in 2005. Under President Trump’s leadership, Secretary Noem is fixing that. These grants are a direct product of the Secretary’s efforts to ensure that states are getting the grants they need in a timely, efficient manner to lead disaster relief efforts from the local level up.” – DHS Spokesperson

    The awards are as follows:

    • Tennessee: $36.9M for permanent repairs from severe storms, tornadoes, straight-line winds, and flooding which resulted in an F-3 tornado that destroyed the Grace Baptist Church and Academy of Hamilton County buildings. The church and academy provide primary and secondary educational services to approximately 600 students in Chattanooga, TN.
    • CA: $14.2M to CA Cross Creek Flood Control District for emergency protective measures following severe winter storms, straight-line winds, flooding, landslides, and mudslides.
    • TX: $35M to the Texas Department of State Health Services (DSHS) for management costs as a result of the COVID-19 Pandemic.

    These awards come as the Department is undertaking a thorough review of grant funding to ensure that all taxpayer dollars are properly allocated to focus on disaster relief and recovery efforts.

    ###

    MIL Security OSI

  • MIL-OSI Global: Feeling anxious before surgery? Anxiety can harm healing but innovative mental health support could help

    Source: The Conversation – Canada – By Renée El-Gabalawy, Associate Professor and Clinical Psychologist, University of Manitoba

    Poor mental health before surgery is linked to worse outcomes. (Unsplash), CC BY

    Feeling anxious before surgery is normal — but for many patients, it goes far beyond nerves. There is a growing body of research showing that poor mental health before surgery can derail recovery in ways that extend far beyond the operating room.

    For example, in recent research, my colleagues and I found that anxiety and depressive symptoms before surgery are linked to poorer surgical outcomes. This includes higher complication rates within 30 days and even increased risk of death within a year.

    On top of this, many patients rank anxiety as one of the worst parts of their surgical experience, worse than pain or other aspects of surgical recovery.

    Both patients and clinicians identify a need for mental health support, yet this need is often overlooked. As an expert in perioperative mental health, I have some solutions to offer.

    Demand for surgery is accelerating

    The growing number of surgical patients — driven by an aging population, rising rates of chronic diseases and advancements in medicine — has intensified pressure on the health-care system.

    Rising demand has led to longer wait times and increases in surgery delays and cancellations. This situation has been made even worse by the COVID-19 pandemic. Patients can be left suffering in limbo for weeks, months or even years.

    My colleagues and I have found these surgery delays and cancellations to be linked with even further negative impacts on mental and physical health. Patients are getting worse while they wait.

    While this growing backlog represents a significant challenge, it also presents an opportunity.

    The opportunity

    The surgical waiting period, which is too often prolonged, offers a critical window to identify patients at highest risk for poor mental health. Identifying those in need is critical to deliver targeted and scientifically supported psychological treatments. It’s a time when patients are already engaged with the health-care system, motivated to do well and receptive to guidance.

    Evidence-based psychological treatments like cognitive behavioural therapy before surgery have been shown to improve outcomes like pain and function.

    International organizations, such as the World Health Organization, highlight the importance of including mental health support into hospital settings including surgical care.

    In the United States, the Center for Perioperative Mental Health, originating from Washington University, is one of the first large-scale initiatives of its kind aiming to integrate personalized pathways to support mental health for older adults.

    As the external advisory chair for this centre, I have seen how initiatives like these can significantly enhance perioperative care and patient outcomes.

    Globally, efforts such as pre-habilitation programs — which aim to enhance surgical readiness through exercise, nutrition and mental health support — are emerging. While these represent progress, they are not routinely implemented, often lack integration of evidence-based mental-health care, and show mixed results due to variability in design and delivery.

    There is strong evidence linking poor pre-operative mental health to worse outcomes, along with clear patient demand and promising results from existing programs. Yet, perioperative mental health support in Canada remains underfunded and far from standard clinical care.

    Mental health continues to be unaddressed in surgical settings.

    Leverage technological advancements

    Given the significant shortcomings of accessible mental-health care in Canada, creative solutions are critical. One way forward is to make the most of fast-growing technology.

    For example, our team has developed an innovative virtual reality (VR) program using patient input and strategies backed by science to support mental health before surgery.

    Patients found this both acceptable and helpful. These platforms assist patients to mentally prepare for surgery, familiarize themselves with the environment and feel more in control.

    Other large-scale digital initiatives such as the Power Over Pain Portal offer free evidence-based online psychological treatments for pain management from the comfort of your home. And pain management is especially important for those waiting extended periods for many types of surgeries.

    Our multidisciplinary team at the University of Manitoba believes these types of digital approaches can be delivered at scale, relatively low cost, and with high patient acceptability and satisfaction. This is not meant to replace human care, but to extend it.

    These are not just flashy gadgets but clinical tools with real potential to integrate evidence-based mental health treatments.

    Prepare physically and mentally

    Health-care systems are often under-resourced, and Canada is no exception. To address this, surgical care should prioritize greater investment in mental health support, including integration of technology. These efforts can better prepare patients physically and mentally for surgery and aid in their surgical recovery.

    Encouraging sign made for children with cancer at the National Institutes of Health Clinical Center in Bethesda, Maryland.
    (National Cancer Institute/Unsplash), CC BY

    Mental health is central to surgical outcomes — not secondary. We need a national strategy to fund the research and ultimately routinely apply accessible mental health treatments for surgical patients. This is especially important for those at highest risk.

    Patients have told us what they need. The evidence is undeniable. And the opportunity for change has never been greater. We need to build a system that truly cares for the whole patient.

    Renée El-Gabalawy received research funding for virtual reality projects from the New Frontiers in Research Fund – Exploration, National Research Council New Beginning Initiative, and the Winnipeg Foundation Innovation Fund. She is also the external advisory chair of the Center of Perioperative Mental Health and receives an honorarium for her involvement.

    ref. Feeling anxious before surgery? Anxiety can harm healing but innovative mental health support could help – https://theconversation.com/feeling-anxious-before-surgery-anxiety-can-harm-healing-but-innovative-mental-health-support-could-help-255354

    MIL OSI – Global Reports

  • MIL-OSI USA: Warren, Booker, Nadler Press Pepsi on Potentially Illegal Price Discrimination Against Small, Independently-Owned Grocery Stores

    US Senate News:

    Source: United States Senator for Massachusetts – Elizabeth Warren
    May 12, 2025
    “Charging discriminatory, high prices to smaller, independent retailers harms those retailers’ ability to compete, and often forces consumers to endure unfair price increases.”
    “American families across the country continue to struggle to afford groceries, and enforcement of the [Robinson-Patman Act] is part of the solution to help promote competition throughout the food supply chain and ease their financial burden.”
    Text of Letter (PDF)
    Washington, D.C. — U.S. Senators Elizabeth Warren (D-Mass.) and Cory Booker (D-N.J.), along with Representative Jerry Nadler (D-N.Y.) wrote to Ramon Laguarta, CEO of PepsiCo, Inc. (Pepsi) demanding an explanation for the company’s potentially illegal price discrimination against small and independent grocery stores. The lawmakers are the top Democrats on the Senate Committee on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs, Senate Judiciary Subcommittee on Antitrust, Competition Policy, and Consumer Rights, and House Judiciary Subcommittee on the Administrate State, Regulatory Reform, and Antitrust, respectively. 
    Representatives Becca Balint (D-Vt.), Andre Carson (D-Ind.), Maggie Goodlander (D-N.H.), Pramila Jayapal (D-Wash.), Summer Lee (D-Pa.), Rashida Tlaib (D-Mich.), and Nikema Williams (D-Ga.) joined in signing the letter. 
    In recent months, Pepsi has faced legal action from convenience stores and the Federal Trade Commission (FTC), a regulator charged with enforcing federal consumer protection laws and antitrust laws. In January 2025, the FTC sued Pepsi, accusing it of violating the Robinson-Patman Act (RPA), which prohibits sellers from engaging in anticompetitive price discrimination. The FTC claimed that for years, Pepsi has disadvantaged retailers – including local convenience stores – by consistently giving benefits and advantages, such as promotional payments, to a big-box store, while denying those same benefits to the store’s competitors.
    In February 2025, two small, family-owned convenience stores accused Pepsi and its subsidiary Frito-Lay of violating the RPA, claiming the corporation charged independent retailers more “for identical bags of snack chips” compared to what it charged chain stores. The plaintiffs claimed they were charged as much as 50 percent more for those goods, and that the “discriminatory pricing” forced them to pass on the higher costs to consumers. 
    “The Robinson-Patman Act is an important tool for the FTC to combat illegal price discrimination and concentration, and to provide a level playing field to all businesses…Charging discriminatory, high prices to smaller, independent retailers harms those retailers’ ability to compete, and often forces consumers to endure unfair price increases,” wrote the lawmakers. 
    The RPA forbids sellers from charging competing buyers different prices for the same goods when the price discrimination may lessen or harm competition. The law also prohibits special promotional payments, discounts, rebates, allowances, or services to one buyer unless they are made available to all competing buyers.
    “As food prices remain sky-high, the FTC should continue to enforce the RPA to promote fair competition in the food industry,” urged the lawmakers. 
    The bicameral coalition asked Pepsi to explain, by May 25, 2025, its pricing strategies, any discrepancies between what it charges chain retailers and small, independent retailers, how these price discrepancies affect shopping options for consumers, and the company’s lobbying efforts to refute price discrimination allegations.  
    As a champion for American consumers and a secure and healthy economy, Senator Warren has engaged in oversight of corporations for unfairly increasing prices for consumers. She has also been calling for more competition and stronger enforcement of antitrust laws to bring down prices for families: 
    In May 2025, Senators Elizabeth Warren and Jim Banks (R-Ind.) applauded the Department of Justice’s ongoing investigation into potential anticompetitive practices by major egg producers and urged the agency to continue its thorough investigation as egg prices continue to rise.
    In January 2025, Senator Elizabeth Warren and Representative Jim McGovern (D-Mass.) led 19 of their colleagues, writing to President Donald Trump, pushing him to take meaningful steps to lower the prices of eggs and other groceries—a problem he largely ignored during his entire first week in office.
    In November 2024, Senator Elizabeth Warren and Congressman Adam Schiff (D-Calif.) led their colleagues in writing to Chair of the Federal Trade Commission, Lina Khan, and Secretary of the Department of Agriculture, Thomas Vilsack, urging them to investigate Albertsons and other major grocery chains for predatory practices that could have violated federal laws.
    In October 2024, Senators Elizabeth Warren led a letter to President and Chief Executive Officer of McDonald’s, Chris Kempczinski, pushing for more information on McDonald’s pricing decisions as fast food prices continue to increase, outpacing inflation and squeezing customers.
    In October 2024, Senators Elizabeth Warren and Ed Markey, along with Representatives Jim McGovern and Ayanna Pressley, sent a letter to Frans Muller, CEO of Ahold Delhaize—parent company of Stop & Shop—demanding an explanation for its potential use of pricing algorithms is leading to price gouging, resulting in higher prices in minority and working class communities in Massachusetts.
    On May 3, 2024, during a hearing of the U.S. Senate Committee on Banking, Housing, & Urban Affairs, Senator Warren called out food industry price gouging and urged action to combat unfair pricing practices.
    On March 28, 2024, Senator Elizabeth Warren (D-Mass.) and Representative Mary Gay Scanlon (D-Penn.) led a group of 14 lawmakers in a letter to FTC Chair Lina Khan urging the agency to revive enforcement of the Robinson-Patman Act (RPA), a critical tool to promote fair competition in the food industry. 
    On February 28, 2024, Senator Warren joined Senator Bob Casey (D-Pa.) in introducing the Shrinkflation Prevention Act to crack down on corporations that deceive consumers by selling smaller sizes of their products without lowering prices.
    On February 15, 2024, Senators Warren, Baldwin, Casey, and U.S. Representative Jan Schakowsky (D-Ill.) reintroduced the Price Gouging Prevention Act of 2024, which would protect consumers and prohibit corporate price gouging by authorizing the FTC and state attorneys general to enforce a federal ban against grossly excessive price increases.
    In December 2023, Senator Warren urged the FTC to block the Kroger-Albertsons merger, which would give the five largest food retail companies control of 55 percent of all grocery sales, allowing them to further control and ultimately raise consumer prices, while also reducing job competition, decreasing wages, and decreasing the bargaining power of organized labor.
    In November 2023, Senator Warren called out TransDigm for its refusal to provide cost and pricing information needed to prevent price gouging of taxpayers and the Department of Defense.
    Senator Warren repeatedly urged the Biden administration to closely scrutinize other potentially anticompetitive mergers that could lead to higher prices for consumers and accelerate industry consolidation. She has led letters about the proposed mergers of Frontier and Spirit airlines, JetBlue and Spirit Airlines, Sanderson-Wayne, WarnerMedia-Discovery, and Amazon-MGM.
    In March 2022, Senator Warren introduced the Prohibiting Anticompetitive Mergers Act to help stomp out rampant industry consolidation that allows companies to raise consumer prices and mistreat workers. The bill would ban the biggest, most anticompetitive mergers and give the Department of Justice and Federal Trade Commission the teeth to reject deals in the first instance without court orders and to break up harmful mergers.
    In February 2022, at a hearing, Senator Warren called out corporations for abusing their market power to raise consumer prices and boost profits.
    That same month, Senator Warren requested the Department of Justice to take aggressive action against corporations violating antitrust laws to hike prices for consumers.
    In January 2022, Senator Warren questioned Federal Reserve nominee Lael Brainard about market concentration and price gouging driving inflation.
    At a January 2022 hearing, Senator Warren pressed Fed Chair Jerome Powell on the role of corporate concentration in driving up prices for consumers during his renomination hearing to be Chair of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
    In a New York Times op-ed published in April 2020, Senator Warren urged Congress to focus on cracking down on price gouging in its ongoing effort to address the impact of the coronavirus pandemic.
    In March 2020, Senator Warren joined her colleagues in urging the FTC to use its full authority to prevent abusive price gouging on consumer health products during the COVID-19 pandemic. 

    MIL OSI USA News

  • MIL-OSI Global: Nineteen Eighty-Four and Brave New World should be read in tandem to understand today’s troubled times

    Source: The Conversation – UK – By Emrah Atasoy, Associate Fellow of English and Comparative Literary Studies & Honorary Research Fellow of IAS, University of Warwick

    Is there any past work of fiction that can help us make sense of today’s troubling trends? Taking into account the proliferation of references to obfuscating “Newspeak”, Big Brother-style leaders and impossible-to-circumvent surveillance systems in newspaper articles, this question cries out for a simple answer: “Yes – and that work is George Orwell’s Nineteen Eighty-Four.”

    People on both the political left and right see Orwell’s 1949 novel as the book from the last century that speaks to the present most powerfully. But there are others who regard consumer culture and social media obsession as the primary concerns of today. They have a different answer: “Yes – and that work is Aldous Huxley’s Brave New World.”

    We, however, think the answer is “both”.


    Looking for something good? Cut through the noise with a carefully curated selection of the latest releases, live events and exhibitions, straight to your inbox every fortnight, on Fridays. Sign up here.


    In the long-running debate over who was the most prophetic writer of their era, Orwell, who was a pupil of Huxley’s at Eton, is generally the favourite.

    One reason for this is that international alliances that long seemed stable are now in flux. In Nineteen Eighty-Four, his final novel, Orwell envisioned a future tri-polar world divided into competing blocks with shifting allegiances.

    In the short time since the US president, Donald Trump, began his second term, his policies and statements have triggered surprising realignments. The US and Canada, close partners for more than a century, have faced off against each other. And in April, an official from Beijing joined with his counterparts from South Korea and Japan to push back as an unlikely trio against Trump’s new tariffs.

    That is perhaps why there is a booming field of “Orwell studies”, with its own academic journal, but not “Huxley studies”. It also probably explains why Nineteen Eighty-Four, but not Brave New World, keeps making its way on to bestseller lists – sometimes in tandem with Margaret Atwood’s The Handmaid’s Tale (1985). “Orwellian” (unlike the rarely heard “Huxleyan”) has few competitors other than “Kafkaesque” as an immediately recognisable adjective linked to a 20th-century author.

    Trailer for the film 1984, an adaptation of Orwell’s novel.

    As wonderful as Atwood and Kafka are, we are convinced that combining Orwell’s vision with Huxley’s offers scope for deeper analysis. This is true in part because of, not despite, how common it has been to contrast the modes of autocracy Orwell and Huxley describe.

    Orwellian and Huxleyan visions as one world

    We live in an era when all sorts of systems of control limit our freedoms of expression, identity and religion. Many do not quite fit the template that either Orwell or Huxley imagined, but instead combine elements.

    There are certainly places, such as Myanmar, where those in power rely on techniques that immediately bring Orwell to mind, with his focus on fear and surveillance. There are others, such as Dubai, that more readily evoke Huxley, with his focus on pleasure and distraction. In many cases, though, we find a mixture.

    This is especially clear if you take a global view. That’s something we specialise in as international and interdisciplinary researchers – a literary scholar from Turkey based in the UK, and a Californian cultural historian of China who has also published on southeast Asia.

    Like Orwell, Huxley wrote many books that were not dystopian fiction, but his foray into that genre became his most influential. Brave New World was well known throughout the cold war. In courses and commentaries, it was commonly paired with Nineteen Eighty-Four as a narrative illustrating a shallow society based on indulgence and consumerism, as opposed to the bleaker Orwellian world of suppression of desire and strict control.

    While it is common to approach the two books via their contrasts, they can be treated as interconnected and entangled works as well.

    Trailer for an adaptation of Brave New World, released in 2020.

    During the cold war, some commentators felt that Brave New World showed where capitalist consumerism in the age of television could lead. The west, according to this interpretation, could become a world in which autocrats like those in the novel stayed on top. They would do this by keeping people busy and divided among themselves, happily distracted by entertainment and the drug “soma”.

    Orwell, by contrast, seemed to provide a key to unlock the harder mode of control in non-capitalist, Communist Party-run lands, especially those of the Soviet bloc.

    Huxley himself in Brave New World Revisited, a non-fiction book he published in the 1950s, thought it was important to think about ways the techniques of power and societal engineering in the two novels could be combined, approached and analysed. And there is even more value in combining the approaches now, when capitalism has gone so global and the autocratic wave keeps reaching new shores in the so-called post-truth era.

    Orwellian hard-edged and Huxleyan soft-edged approaches to control and social engineering can be and often are combined. We see this within countries such as China, where the crude repressive methods of a Big Brother state are used against the Uyghur population, while cities such as Shenzhen evoke Brave New World.

    We see this mixing of dystopian elements in many countries – variations on the way that science fiction writer William Gibson, author of novels such as Neuromancer (1984), wrote about Singapore with a phrase that had a soft-edged first half and a hard-edged second: “Disneyland with the death penalty.”

    This can be a useful first step toward better understanding, and perhaps beginning to try to find a way of improving the troubling world of the mid-2020s. A world in which the smartphone in your pocket both keeps track of your actions and provides an endless set of enticing distractions.

    The authors do not work for, consult, own shares in or receive funding from any company or organisation that would benefit from this article, and have disclosed no relevant affiliations beyond their academic appointment.

    ref. Nineteen Eighty-Four and Brave New World should be read in tandem to understand today’s troubled times – https://theconversation.com/nineteen-eighty-four-and-brave-new-world-should-be-read-in-tandem-to-understand-todays-troubled-times-253872

    MIL OSI – Global Reports

  • MIL-OSI Global: From Zoo Quest to Ocean: The evolution of David Attenborough’s voice for the planet

    Source: The Conversation – UK – By Neil J. Gostling, Associate Professor in Evolution and Palaeobiology, University of Southampton

    Over the course of seven decades, Sir David Attenborough’s documentaries have reshaped how we see the natural world, shifting from colonial-era collecting trips to urgent calls for environmental action.

    His storytelling has inspired generations, but has only recently begun to confront the scale of the ecological crisis. To understand how far nature broadcasting has come, it helps to return to where it started.

    When Attenborough’s broadcasting career began in the 1950s, Austrian filmmakers Hans and Lotte Hass were already pushing the boundaries of what was possible by taking cameras below the sea and touring the world aboard their schooner, the Xafira.

    In one of their 1953 Galapagos films, a crewman handled a sealion pup, having crawled across the volcanic rock of Fernandina honking at sealions to attract them. A penguin and giant tortoise were brought on board Xafira. And as Lotte Hass took photographs, she’d beseech some poor creature to “not be frightened” and “look pleasant”.

    This is a world away from today’s expectations, where both research scientists and amateur naturalists are taught to observe without touching or disturbing wildlife. When the Hasses visited the Galápagos, it was still five years before the creation of the national park and the founding of the island’s conservation organisation Charles Darwin Foundation. Now, visitors must stay at least two metres from all animals – and never approach them.


    Get your news from actual experts, straight to your inbox. Sign up to our daily newsletter to receive all The Conversation UK’s latest coverage of news and research, from politics and business to the arts and sciences. Join The Conversation for free today.


    At the same time, television was beginning to shape public perceptions of the natural world. In 1954, Attenborough was working as a young producer on Zoo Quest. By chance, he became its presenter when zoologist Jack Lester became ill.

    The programme followed zoologists collecting animals from around the world for London Zoo. Zoo Quest was filmed in exotic locations around the world and then in the studio where the animals found on the expedition were shown “up close”.

    Attenborough has since acknowledged that Zoo Quest reflected attitudes that would not be acceptable today. The series showed animals being captured from the wild and transported to London Zoo – practices which mirrored extractive, colonial-era approaches to science.

    David Attenborough’s Zoo Quest for a Dragon aired in 1956.

    Yet, Zoo Quest was also groundbreaking. The series brought viewers face-to-face with animals they might never have seen before and pioneered a visual style that made natural history television both entertaining and educational. It helped establish Attenborough’s reputation as a compelling communicator and laid the foundations for a new genre of science broadcasting – one that has evolved, like its presenter, over time.

    After a decade in production, Attenborough returned to presenting with Life on Earth (1979), a landmark series that traced the evolution of life from single-celled organisms to birds and apes. Drawing on his long-standing interest in fossils, the series combined zoology, palaeobiology and natural history to create an ambitious new template for science broadcasting.

    Life on Earth helped cement Attenborough’s reputation as a trusted communicator and became the foundation of the BBC’s “blue-chip” natural history format – big-budget, internationally produced films that put high-quality cinematic wildlife footage at the forefront of the story. The series did not simply document the natural world. It reframed it, using presenter-led storytelling and global spectacle to shape how audiences understood evolutionary processes.

    For much of his career, Attenborough has been celebrated for showcasing the beauty of the natural world. Yet, he has also faced criticism for sidestepping the environmental crises threatening it. Commentators such as the environmental journalist George Monbiot argued that his earlier documentaries, while visually stunning, often avoided addressing the human role in climate change, presenting nature as untouched and avoiding difficult truths about ecological decline.

    Building on the legacy of Life on Earth, Attenborough’s later series began to respond to these critiques. Blue Planet (2001) expanded the scope of nature storytelling, revealing the mysteries of the ocean’s most remote and uncharted ecosystems. Its 2017 sequel, Blue Planet II, introduced a more urgent tone, highlighting the scale of plastic pollution and the need for marine conservation.

    Although Blue Planet II significantly increased viewers’ environmental knowledge, it did not lead to measurable changes in plastic consumption behaviour – a reminder that awareness alone does not guarantee action. The subsequent Wild Isles (2023) continued the shift towards conservation messaging. While the main series aired in five parts, a sixth episode – Saving Our Wild Isles – was released separately and drew controversy amid claims the BBC had sidelined it for being too political. In reality, the episode delivered a clear call to action.

    Attenborough’s latest film, Ocean, continues in this more urgent register, pairing breathtaking imagery with an unflinching assessment of ocean health. After decades of gentle narration, he now speaks with sharpened clarity about the scale of the crisis and the need to act.

    A voice for action

    In recent years, Attenborough has taken on a new role – not just as a broadcaster, but as a powerful voice in environmental diplomacy. He has addressed world leaders at major summits such as the UN climate conference Cop24 and the World Economic Forum, calling for urgent action on climate change. He was also appointed ambassador for the UK government’s review on the economics of biodiversity.

    On the subject of environmemtal diplomacy, Monbiot recently wrote: “A few years ago, I was sharply critical of Sir David for downplaying the environmental crisis on his TV programmes. Most people would have reacted badly but remarkably, at 92, he took this and similar critiques on board and radically changed his approach.”

    Attenborough not only speaks. He listens. This is part of his charm and popularity. He is learning and evolving as much as his audience.

    What makes Attenborough stand out is the way he speaks. While official climate treaties often rely on technical or legal language, he communicates in emotional, accessible terms – speaking plainly about responsibility, urgency and the moral imperative to protect life on Earth. His calm authority and familiar voice make complex issues easier to grasp and harder to dismiss.

    Frequently named Britain’s most trusted public figure, Attenborough has become something of an unofficial diplomat for the planet – apolitical, measured, and often seen as a voice of reason amid populist noise. Despite his criticisms, Attenborough’s documentaries walk a careful line between fragility and resilience, using emotionally ambivalent imagery to prompt reflection. He shares his wonder with the natural world and brings people along with him

    Ocean shows our blue planet in more spectacular fashion than Lotte and Hans Hass could ever have imagined. But it is also Attenborough’s most direct reckoning with environmental collapse. With clarity and urgency, it confronts the damage wrought by industrial trawling and habitat destruction.

    After 70 years of gently guiding viewers through the natural world, Attenborough’s voice has sharpened. If he once opened our eyes to nature’s wonders, he now challenges us not to look away. As he puts it: “If we save the sea, we save our world. After a lifetime filming our planet, I’m sure that nothing is more important.”


    Don’t have time to read about climate change as much as you’d like?

    Get a weekly roundup in your inbox instead. Every Wednesday, The Conversation’s environment editor writes Imagine, a short email that goes a little deeper into just one climate issue. Join the 45,000+ readers who’ve subscribed so far.


    The authors do not work for, consult, own shares in or receive funding from any company or organisation that would benefit from this article, and have disclosed no relevant affiliations beyond their academic appointment.

    ref. From Zoo Quest to Ocean: The evolution of David Attenborough’s voice for the planet – https://theconversation.com/from-zoo-quest-to-ocean-the-evolution-of-david-attenboroughs-voice-for-the-planet-251727

    MIL OSI – Global Reports